Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout072-150-024072-150-024 05-1195 DUZMAL, JAMES 26'3 MISSION OLIVE RD, OROVTLLE Cont: SKYCREST ENT NEW MH PERM .FND ' I (D 72-15-t9-�pest�Zy 1 072-150-024 05-1195 DUZMAL, JAMES 26'3 MISSION OLIVE RD, OROVTLLE Cont: SKYCREST ENT NEW MH PERM .FND ' I (D 72-15-t9-�pest�Zy - Howard Bell; -� O NIS Mission Olive, app. mi.E.of Fpothill, OrdAlle Permit 4679-76P,EE(util. ,Mg. ELEC . GAS '2 7 �i SUPPORT STRUCTURE REQ. VC ' COMPACTION TEST - 72-15-%3"Pe�t� 02� Permit #5192-76MHI r ,,/` to a' Issued q' 94-1341E 072-150-024 BELL, HOWARD & MARTHA. 263 MISSION OLIVE RD., QROVILLE CONT: PAUL KAFADfR ELE SEF. CH/MH 072-_150-024 AG 00-162 DUZMAL, JAMES M. 263 MISSION OLIVE RD., OROVILLE AGRICULTURAL BUILDING -� 072-150-024 05-1195 DUZMAL, JAMES 26'3 MISSION OLIVE RD, OROVTLLE Cont: SKYCREST ENT NEW MH PERM .FND ' I (D �� :r .u; .� y, _ ."``x eM Tom' �! 4 .:a ', .. �: •�., RECORDING REQUESTED BY: AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE CA 95965 2005-0037864 Recorded i REC FEE 10.0@ Official Records 1 County of I CONFORMED COPY 1,60 Butte 1 CA1DACE J. GRUBBS 1 County Clerk-Recorderl I I ABG 09:4MM 3G -Jun -M I Page 1 of 2 SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER USE ONLY NOTICE OF MANUFACTURED HOME (MOBILEHOME) OR COMMERCIAL COACH, INSTALLATION ON A FOUNDATION SYSTEM Recording of this document at the request of the local agency indicated is in accordance with California Health and Safety Code Section 18551. This document is evidence that such local agency has issued a certificate of occupancy for installation of the unit described hereon, upon the real property described with certainty below, as of the date of recording. When recorded, this document shall be indexed by the county recorder to the named owner of the real property and shall be deemed to give constructive notice as to its contents to all persons thereafter dealing with the real property. JAMES M. AND CAROLE M. DUZMAL REAL PROPERTY OWNERILESSOR 16340 E. LA CHIQUITA AVE. MAILING ADDRESS LOS GATOS SANTA CLARA CA 95032 CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP 263 MISSION OLIVE RD. INSTALLATION MAILING ADDRESS, IF DIFFERENT OROVILLE BUTTE CA 95966 CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP SAME UNIT OWNER (if also property owner, write "SAME") SAME MAILING ADDRESS SAME CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP UNIT DESCRIPTION BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION LOCAL AGENCY ISSUING PERMIT and CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE MAILING ADDRESS OROVILLE BUTTE CA 95965 CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP 05-1195 530 538-7541 BUIL Q GPERMIT NO. TELEPHON NUMBER —P r7 GZY S NATURE OF LOCAL AGENCY OFFICIAL DATE COUSIN GARYS HOMES DEALER NAME (if not a dealer sale, write "NONE") 91265 DEALER LICENSE NO. SKYLINE HOMES 2005 5530 -CT MANUFACTURER'S NAME DATE OF MANUFACTURE MODEL NAMENUMBER D3-70-0546-T-A/B/C 66'X 39' PFS902096/7/8 SERIAL NUMBER(S) LENGTH X WIDTH INSIGNIA/LABEL NUMBER(S) REAL PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION SEE ATTACHED ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NUMBER 072-150-024 HCD FORM 433(A) REV. 8/91 WHITE -County Recorder CANARY - HCD PINK -Applicant GOLDENROD- Building Dept. 18!2005 17:18 FAX 530 899 9531 FIUELIIY NAIIUNAL 111Lt UUUJIN_UAKY; 4ijuvriuui ORDER NO. BU -181981-3 DERCRIPTION THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN IS -SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF BUTTE, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PARCEL .I. . PARCEL 1, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP, RECORDED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OP THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON NOVRMBER 2, 1976, IN BOOK 59 OF MAPS, AT PAGE(S) 97 AND 98. APN 072-150-024-000 PARCEL x11 A NON-EXCLUSIVE ROAD AND UTILITIES EASEMENT OVER SPANGLER COURT AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP, RECORDED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON NOVEMBER 2, 1976, IN BOOK 59 OF MAPS, AT PAGE (8) 97 AND 98. EXCEPTING THEREFROM ALL THAT PORTION LYING WITHIN THE BO=S OF PARCEL I, DESCRIBED HEREIN. Doeoription: DUtto,CA Docvmont- Year. DoCID 2000.37956 Page: 3 of 3 Order: III Comm nt: F RECORDING REQUESTED BY: AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE CA 95965 COPY of Document Recorded 30 -Jun -2005 2005-0037864 Has not been compared with original BUTTE COUNTY COUNTY RECORDER 'SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER USE ONLY NOTICE OF MANUFACTURED HOME (MOBILEHOME) OR COMMERCIAL COACH, INSTALLATION ON A FOUNDATION SYSTEM Recording of this document at the request of the local agency indicated is in accordance with California Health and Safety Code Section 18551. This document is evidence that such local agency has issued a certificate of occupancy for installation of the unit described hereon, upon the real property described with certainty below, as of the date of recording. When recorded, this document shall be indexed by the county recorder to the named owner of the real property and shall be deemed to give constructive notice as to its contents to all persons thereafter dealing with the real property. JAMES M. AND CAROLE M. DUZMAL REAL PROPERTY OWNER/LESSOR 16340 E. LA CHIQUITA AVE. MAILING ADDRESS LOS GATOS SANTA CLARA CA 95032 CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP 263 MISSION OLIVE RI,. INSTALLATION MAILING ADDRESS, IF DIFFERENT OROVILLE BUTTE CA 95966 CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP SAME UNIT OWNER (if also property owner, write "SAME") SAME MAILING ADDRESS SAME CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP UNIT DESCRIPTION BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION LOCAL AGENCY ISSUING PERMIT and CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE MAU-ING ADDRESS OROVILLE BUTTE CA 95965 CITY COUNTY STATE ZIP 05-1195 530 538-7541 BUILJPG PERMIT NO. TELEPHO NUMBER 4 -P t7 S NATURE OF LOCAL A ENCY OFFICIAL DATE COUSIN GARYS HOMES DEALER NAME (if not a dealer sale, write "NONE") 91265 DEALER LICENSE NO SKYLINE HOMES 2005 5530 -CT MANUFACTURER'S NAME DATE OF MANUFACTURE MODEL NAME/NUMBER D3 70 0546 T AB/C 66'X 39' PFS902096/7/8 SERIAL NUMBER(S) LENGTH X WIDTH MSIGNIA/LABEL NUMBER(S) UAL PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION SEE ATTACHED ASSESSORS PARCEL NUMBER 072-150-024 HCD FORM 433(A) REV. 8/91 :16/2005 17:18 FAX 530 895 9531 FIUELIIY NA11UNAL I11LL a UUUJIn-UAKY:; fgj u1i uur ORDER 90. 13U-181981-3 DESCRIPTICLN THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN IS SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF BUTTE, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PARCEL 1. PARCEL 1, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL. MAP, RECORDED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OP THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON NOVEMBER 2, 1976, IN BOOK 59°OF MAPS, AT PAGES) 97 AND 98, APN 072-150-024-000 PARC9L XIr A RON-EXCLUSIVE ROAD AND UTILITIES EASEMENT OVER SPANGLER COURT AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PARCEL MAP, RECORDED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON NOVEMBER 2, 1976, IN BOOK 59 OF MAPS, AT PAGE (9) 97 AND 98. EXCEPTING THEREFROM ALL THAT PORTION LYING WITHIN THE BOUNDS OF PARCEL I, DESCRIBED HEREIN. Description: 8utto,CA Document- year. DoclD 2000.37956 pag-0, 3 of 3 Ordaz: 112 Carmrunt: ' ' j S FOUND}ATIQN. SYSIE�lYI ry J CERTIFICATE .,0 OCCiJ� 'ANCY a BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER: 05-1195 Address or location of unit: 263 MISSION OLIVE RD., OROVILLE CA 95966 Legal Description of Real Property: AP#: 072-150-024 SEE ATTACHED (x) Mobilehome/Manufactured Home () Commercial Coach Has been affixed to the real property above by installation on a foundation system pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 18551. Owner's name: JAMES M. AND CAROLE M. DUZMAL Owner's address: 16340 E. LA CHIQUITA AVE., LOS GATOS CA 95032 INSIGNIA OR HUD NUMBER: PFS902096/7/8 SERIAL NUMBER OR V.I.N.: D3-70-0546-T-A/B/C MANUFACTURER'S NAME: SKYLINE HOMES YE : 2005 OFFICIAL APPROVING INSTALLATIO DATE: 6' ac� '7-6,S PHONE: (530) 538-7541 H.C.D. 513C 16/2005 17:18 FAX 530 899 9531 RECORDING REQUESTED BY MID VALLEY TITLE & ESCROW CO. AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: JAMES M. DUZMAL CAROLE M. DUZMAL 513 Monterey Avenue Los Gatos, CA 95030 A. P. N.: 071-154-024 FIOELITY NA110NAL 111LE • CUUSIN_UAXYa ioUU5/007 Order No.: 181991AM 111iia11111oil 1ii1 2taa�r®—fit®37956 Official Raeerds i KC Tnj FEE IM 71 County Of ) BUIIE DWAM J. GRLMS R�er RY DIO(WN Msistant I Nikki sees" 093Ip-2m L -Page 1 of 3 Above This Line for Rea rtlur c Usc Only Escrow No.: 181991AW3/ORO–C GRANT DEED T149 UNDERSIGNED GRANTOR(.) DECLARE($) THAT DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX 1S: COUNTY $128,70 X ] computed on full value of property conveyed, or computed on full value IrBe unvalue of lien),, or encumbrances remaining at time of sale, J incorporated area; FOR A VALUABLE CONSIDERATION. Receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. MARTHA G. BELL, TRUSTEE OF THE MARTHA G. BELL LIVING TRUST, DATED 4-22-1998 hereby GRANT(S) to JAMES M. DUZMAL and CAROLE M. DUZMAL, Husband and Wife as Joint Tcatints the following described property in thC)q1PrbjjD)t)1l)yW, County of Butte State of California; UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE SFE LEGAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHED 4TNARTHA G. SELL LIVING TRUST.DTD By.FCAR>I'AX 11J. 13 C,FRU5M Document Datc; Se »ember $. 2OW STATE OF CALIAORNIA AS COUNTY OF Butte ) on before tne, 10CM01110117 PeraataUy known Do M or PtOVed to me on ON basiso a.tn tv eaoe q be the pens s whom nornw*1 Ware subscr to W n iastnueent Arid ackrwMedaed to me drat ]%Wsheldwy vu= ed dle ufae in h)zlWfd+cir authorized eapaciMkA) and that by histherAheir sigasturets) on the ktavurncnt the peraon(a) or tae entity upoe behalf of which am person(a) sued, caeweed he wAt umam. WITNESS my hand and offkuf sal. Stdrraarre This area for official notarial real. Mail Tax Suttemmuua to: SAME AS ABOVE or Address Noted BClow Doeoription: ButtercA D0cum6nt-Ye4r.D0e1D 2000.37956 Page: 1 of 3 Order: 111 caaum"t r yEtITOF ` STATE OF CALIFORNIA BUSINESS, TRANSPORTATION AND HOUSING AGENCO NUMBER: DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT • Im DIVISION OF CODES AND STANDARDS 8734268 MANUFACTURED HOUSING PROGRAM Ty MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN JJwZvAa ❑ CHECK IF THIS IS A DUPLICATE MCO -ENTER ORIGINAL MCO NO. MANUFACTURED HOME OR MULTI -UNIT MANUFACTURED HOUSING NUMBER OF }}�� 3'SFD (SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING) 11MUMH (MULTI -UNIT MANUFACTURED HOUSING TRANSPORTABLE SECTIONS 3 COMMERCIAL COACH: OCCUPANCY GROUP MANUFACTURER NAME: MANUFACTURER LICENSE NUMBER: SKYLINE HOMES INC 90002. MANUFACTURER ADDRESS: SUGGESTED RETAIL PRICE: 1720 EAST BEAMER STREET WOODLAND CA 95776 $ 159,595.75 Street Ci State Zi MANUFACTURER TRADE NAME: MODEL NAME AND/OR NUMBER: DATE OF MANUFACTURE: FAIRVIEW DESIGNER 5530—CT 4/29/2005 NAME OF DEALER OR TRANSFEREE (OWNERSHIP TRANSFERRED TO): CALIF. DEALER NUMBER OR DATE OF TRANSFER: TRANSFEREE DESIGNATION: 5/2/2005 SKYCREST ENTERPRISES/COUSIN GARY'S HOMES 91265 DEALER OR TRANSFEREE ADDRESS: 13468 HWY 99 E CHICO CA 95973 Street Ci State(zip) INVENTORY CREDITOR NAME: TEXTRON FINANCIAL CORP INVENTORY CREDITOR ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 16520 ST LOUIS MO 63105 (Street) (zip) SECTION MANUFACTURER SERIAL NUMBER HCD INSIGNIA OR HUD LABEL NUMBER LENGTH WIDTH INCHES WEIGHT 1-6 (INCHES) (POUNDS) 1 D3-70-0546—T—C PFS 902096 792 156 26.815 2 D3-70-0546—T—B PFS 902.097 792 156 26.565 3 D3-70-0546—T—A PFS 902098 792 156 27 595 TRANSPORTER NAME: BR Ri IDK BENNETT TRUCK, TRANSPORT TRANSPORTER ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 179 DURHAM CA. 95938 street C State (zip) •. DESTINATION FOR UNIT DESCRIBED ABOVE: NAME COUSIN GARY° S HOME street 13468 HWY 99 E C CHICO ata 95973 (zip) I certify under penalty of pejury under the laws of the State Of Calltomia that the above fade are true and correct. Executed on 5/2/2005 at WOODLAND YOLO CA (nate) C (County) (State) SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED AGENT: DISTRIBUTION: ORIGINAL (PINK) FORWARD TO THE INVENTORY CREDITOR, UNLESS THERE IS NONE, THEN FORWARD TO THE PURCHASER (DEALER OR TRANSFEREE). COPY 1 (MITE) FORWARD TO THE DEPARTMENT AT P.O. BOX 1828, SACRAMENTO, CA 95812-1828, WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF RELEASE. COPY 2 (YELLOW) DELIVER TO THE TRANSPORTER TO ACCOMPANY THE UNIT TO ITS DESTINATION. COPY 3 (GOLDENROD) TO BE RETAINED BY THE MANUFACTURER. Nrn eRa n _Side 1 - (7/97) Manufacturer's Name and Address HUD No. SKYLINE HOMES, INC. 1720 E. BEAMER ST. PFS 902096 P.O. BOX 1870 PFS 902097 WOODLAND C4 95776-0970 PFS 902098 plant No. I Model Designation Serial No. I Date of Mfg. lis manufactured home is designed to comply with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard in force at the time of manufacture. Design Approval by PFS Corp. Factory Installed Equipment Includes: MODEL RATINGS OF FACTORY INSTALLED CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER DESIGNATION (APPLIANCE NOT FACTORY INSTALLED) Comfort Heating 1 COLEMAN DGAA056BDTA NA Air Conditioning Cooking Range Built -in -Oven Counter -top Cooking Refrigerator Water Heater Clothes Washer Clothes Dryer Dishwasher Food Waste Smoke Detector Fireplace Comfort Heating Freezer 2 NA NA 40 AMP 3NA NA NA 4 GE JTP86WF4WW NA 5 GE JGP989TKI WW NA 6 GE GSS20IEPHWW NA 7 RHEEM 21IR40DV NA 8 NA NA 20 AMP 9 NA NA 30 AMP 10 GE GSD4800JOI WW NA 11 GE GFC525F00 NA 12 FIREX ADC NA 13 NA NA NA 14 COLEMAN DGAA056BDTA NA 15 NA NA 15 AMP Instructions for all work to be performed in the field are located in the kitchen drawer. a maps in this box define the design loads for each geographical area. This mufactured home has been designed for the roof and wind load zones: ❑ North 40 PSF ❑ South 20 PSF ❑x Middle 30 PSF ❑ Other PSF This home❑ requires ❑x does not require perimeter floor support. ROOF LOAD NORTH L� HOME CONSTRUCTED FOR ❑x Zone I ❑ Zone 11 ❑ Zone III This home has not been designed for the higher wind pressure and anchoring provisions required for ocean/coastal areas and should not be located within 1500' of the coastline in Wind Zones II and III, unless the home and its anchoring and foundation system have been designed for the increased requirements specified for Exposure D in ANSVASCE 7-88. This home has ❑ has not ❑X been equipped with storm shutters or other protective coverings for windows and exterior door openings. For homes designed to be located in Wind Zones II and III, which have not been provided with shutters or equivalent covering devices, It is strongly recommended that the home be made ready to be equipped with these devices in accordance with the method recommended in manufacturers printed instructions. tlCrvU & rttl- EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER 1 W005703037 2 3 4 FH605186Q _ 5 DH701079C 6 DH216155 7 RHNG0205SO0956 8 9 10 FH838949B 11 AH406625S-59 12 13 14 W005733966 15 II III SKY342 'All, BEND & PEEL t NOTES RESIDENTIAL PERMIT NO. _(072-150-024 - -- 05-1195 DUZMAL, JAMES 263 MISSION OLIVE RD, OROVILLE Cont: SKYCREST ENT NEW MH PERM FND k r SPECM CONDITIONS CHECKED BY SRA FLOOD CERTIFICATE REQ. FIRESPRINKLERS REQ. SPECIAL INSPECTION ITEMS VERIFY USE PERMIT CONDITIONS SUB -STANDARD HOUSING LETTER 90,: Za94 � OFFICE COPY�" Address �-tL -rn mslol % bU U& GAS Meter By Date ELECT IC Meter B - Date :o'77- i. JOB FI-NAL'ED (Date) (p—?-` Signature = OK = Not OK =NotApplic = Not Ready able ®BILE HOMES Date MOBILE HOME UTILITIES (Plans) OK except #'s 1. Zoning Requirements -Setbacks -Easements 2. Soils; Special MH Support Sketch 3. Sewer, Location -Test -Fall -C/O -Concrete 4. Water; Location -Test -Easement Need etch) Q Electricity; Location -Clearances -G d-IAmp-Concrete 6. Gas; Location -Test -Wrap;-/ /" L'ft. / P Nat. or/ /" L "ftJ P LPG 7. Well Clearance & Disconnect 8. Utility Clearance Dat C B -f Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date MOBILE HOME INSTALLATION (Plans) OK except #'s �. 1. Zonin uirements-Setbacks-Easements /O -A 2. Fo ings; Size -Spacing -Marriage Line 3. Gas; MH Test -Demand -Valve -Connector Date 4. Electricity; MH Test -Crossovers -Breakers -Clearances Date 5. Drain; MH Test -Fall -Flex Connector Date 6. Water, MH Test -Regulator -Connector 7. W to Sewer Connected -C/O to Grad HD Approval 8 G s d Electricity Tagged c� 9. Tie Downs -Type -Installation Cert. 10. Exits; Insp.-Sketch 11. Cert. of Occupancy Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B71 Date PERMANENT END SYSTEM (ONLY) 1. Zoning -Requirements -Setbacks -Easements 2. tings; Size -Spacing -Marriage Line Blocki� 4. G , MH Test -Demand -Valve 5. Electricity; MH Test �d 16. Water, MH Test er and Sewer Connected as and Electricity Tagged 1 . License Decals 11. Verify #'s with Office Dat!kZ7-p�- Card B-1 Ifo S. Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 MISCELLANEOUS Date DECKS, COVERS, CARPORTS, GARAGES (Plans) OK except #'s 1. Zoning Requirements -Setbacks -Easements 2. Footings; Soils -Size -Depth -Spacing -Connectors -Steel 3. Decks, Girders and/or Joists -Decking -Bracing -Stairs -Rails 4. Wood Awn.; Posts-Beams-Rftrs-Connectors Shthg- Frg- Bracing S. Alum. Awn.; Columns -Connections -Splice -Decal -Enclosures 6. Carports; Windows -Doors 7. Electric 8. Frmg.; Sills-Anohors-Studs-Rftrs-Trusses 9. Siding; Nailing -Veneer -Stucco -Mesh 10. Roof; Shthg-Roofing 11. Ext.; Steps -Doors -Landings 12. Braced Wall Panels Date Card B-1 Date Cana B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date POOLS (Plans) OK except #'s 1. Setbacks -Easements 2. Soils; Compaction -Structure Stability 3. Pool Structure; Steel -Connections -Thickness Dead Men -Lining 4. Elec.; Receptacles and Lighting, Distance-GFI 5. Elec.; Pool Lighting: 15 Volts-GFI 6. Elec.; Enclosures; Conduit Entries -Terminals -Listed 7. Elec.; Bonding; Metal w/5' -Circulating Equip. -Heater 8. Elec.; Grounding; Equip. w/5' Circulating Equip. -Pool Lghtg. Boxes-Enclosures-Panelboards-Ins. to Main Conduit 9. Health Department Approval 10. Plumb.; Cir. Test -Water Supply Test 11. Light Niche 12. Enclosure; Fencing -Alarms Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 J=OK 0 = Not OK - = Not Applicable = Not Ready RESIDENTIAL (Single & Duplex) Date UNDERFLOOR (Plans) OK except #'s 1. Zoning -Setbacks -Easements -Flood -Slope 2. Fig., Main; Soils-Elec. Gmd.-/ /" Ftg. Depth 3. Ftg., Garage; Soils-Steel-Elec. Grnd.-/ P' Ftg. Depth 4. Ftg., Porches & Decks; Soils -Steel-/ /" Ftg. Depth 5. Stemwalls, Main; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped 6. Stemwalls Garage- Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped 6a. Hold Downs and Special Anchors 7. Slab, Steel -Wrapped _ 8. Piers -Fireplace Ftg.-Steel 9. D.W.V.; Fall -Fitting -Test -2 Way C/O -Sewer Test 10. UF, Gas Pipe; Size Anchors -Yard Gas Piping; Size Test 11. Water Pipe; Test -Anchors -Regulator -Service Test 12. Electric Underground 13. Plenums & Ducts; Clearance -Material -Support -Ins. 14. Girders -Sills -Anchor Bolts-Joists-Vents-Crippies 15. Access & Ventilation 16. Insulation Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date PLUMBING (Permit) OK except #'s 17. Water Htr.; Vent -Access -Combustion Air Baffle 18. Water Pipe; Test & Anchor -Nail Protection 19. D.W.V.; Test Fittings & Anchor -Nail Protection 20. Shower Pan; Test, First Floor -Tub Access 21. Test Tub & Shower, Second Floor -Tub Access Date 22. Gas Pipe; Sixe & Anchors Date 23. Fire Sprinkler; Test Date FRAMING (Permit) OK except #'s Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date ELECTRICAL (Permit) .OK except #'s 24. Fixture & Transformer Clearance -Ins. Protection 25. Elec. Receptacles Spacing -Lights & Switches at Doors 26. Size Boxes & No. of Conductors Stapled 27. Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & C.J. Date 28. Equip. Ground made up w/Mech Fasteners -Bond Gas & Water Date 29. 2 Appliance Circuits in Kitchen & Conductor Size GFI Date 30. Subfeed Wire Size/ /ga. Cu or AI-A.C. Wire Size/ /ga Cu or Al 31. Range Circle/ /ga Cu or AI -Oven Circ. / /ga Cu or AI Insulated Neutral 0 Yes 0 No 32. Service -Riser Conductors & Ground Main Disconnect 33. Equip. Clearances Panels -Motors -Meth. Equip. 34. Clothes Closet Light -Shower Light -Spa Light 35. Smoke Detector Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date MECHANICAL (Permit) OK except #'s 36. A.C. Ducts Insulation & Support 37. Vent Fan, Exhaust above insulation 38. Condensate Drain & Overflow, Size & Grade 39. Fumace-Vent Access -Comb. Ait-Return Air Vent 115 Outlet 40. Attic Access & Platform 'If Furnace in Attic Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FRAMING (Permit) OK except #'s 41. Sills Proper Materials & Anchors 42. Walls Studs -Nailing Spacing & Braces -Plates -Sound 43. Bearing Walls over Girders & Floor Nailing 44. Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof) 45. Fire Stops, Furred Ceilings -Stairs -Chasers -Tubs 46. Headers & Beams -Size & Bearing Date FRAMING (Continued) 47. Hangers -Post Caps -Anchors -Connectors 48. Cling. Joist-Rftr. Ties-Purlin-Roll Brac.-Truss-Shting.-Rtng. 49. Fireplace Ties or Type A Flue -Fireplace Throat Clearance 50. Attic Access; Size & Romex Protection -Draft Stop -Ins. Baffles 51. Bdrm. Windows or Exiting Doors -Sill Ht. & Dimensions 52. Garage Fire Protection Framing -RC Channel 53. Property Line Firewall & Openings 54. Ext. Doors -One T -Check Garage 3rd Story, 2 Ezits 55. Stairs; Width -Headroom -Rise -Run -Landing -Fire Protection 56. Plywood on Roof Overhang -Attic Vents -Rafter Outriggers 57. Siding -Nailing Veneer 58. Stucco Mesh -Drip Screed -Fd. Vents-Underflr. Access 59. Glazing Area -Glass Protection -Skylights -Plastic 60. Shear Walls; Nailing -Botts 61. Brace Interior/Exterior Wall Panels 62. Insulation -Walls -Ceilings 63. Infiltration -Walls -Windows Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date FINAL (Plans) OK except #'s 64. Ext. Steps -Door & Sidelight Protection -Landings 65. Smoke Detector 66. Furnace Vents -clearance -Comb, Air -Connector - In Garage; Above Floor-Ducts-Mech. Protection 67. Bedroom Exiting 68. G.F.I. & Bath Fixtures & Tub Access -Spa 69. Elec- Trim & Subpanel, Breaker Sizes & Labels 70. Stairs & Rails 71. Fireplace or Stove, Clearance -Hearth 72. Elec. Outlets at Wood Panel, Int. & Ext. 73. Kit. Fixt. & Appliance; Ground -Air -Gap -Cooking Clearance 74. Elec. Outlets & Receptacles at Kit. Counter 75. Garage Fire Door, Swing -Landing -Closure 76. A.C. Dud in Garage -Damper 77. Wtr. Htr.; Vents -Clearance -Comb. Air Connector-P.R.V. in Garage; Above Floor-Mech. Protection 78. Plb.; Elec. & Mech. Equip. Listed for Location 79. Elec. Receptacles in Garage (F.FI.)-Romex Protection 80. Insulation -Foam -Looked in Attic 81. Guard Rails & Deck Construction -Post Caps 82. Fdn. VBents & Crawl Hole Door Drainage & Wood -Earth Clearance Looked under Floor 0 Yes 83. Following InstldJDrive 0 Yes 0 No/Walks 0 Yes O No/Planters 0 Yes 0 No 84. Stucco Brown -Finish 85. A.C. Unit Disconnect, Electrical -Plumbing 86. Vents Above Roof, Plbg-Appliance-Fireplace-Clearance to Openings 87. Water Well, Disconnect, Electrical, Plumbing 88. Exterior Elec. Trim, G.F.I. Receptacle -Underground 89. Ventilation Throughout House 90. Glass Protection 91. Corrections from Previous Inspections 92. Gas Test -Meters Tagged, Gas -Electric 93. Water & Sewer Connected -C/O to Grade -HD Approval 94. Energy Compliance Certificate -Other Certificates 95. Address Posted 96. Fire Sprinkler Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Date Card B-1 Comments at Final: BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT 24 HOUR INSPECTION #: (530) 538-7636 (OROVILLE) (530) 891-2834 (CHICO) OFFICE #: (530) 538-7541 PERMIT NO. BPO51195 PERMITS BECOME NULL AND VOID 1 YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ISSUANCE, OR IF WORK IS DONE IN VIOLATION OF ANY COUNTY OR STATE LAWS. LICENSED CONTRACTORS DECLARATION t I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of Issued Date: 05/24/2005 APN: 072=150-024-000 the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and effect. License Class: be r: Site Address: 263 MISSION OLIVE RD ORO Date: ntmctor: Zgm Map Index: Description: new mh, ex Site, prm fnd (2518) OWNER -BUILDER DEC ARATION ' 1 hereby affirm under penalty of perjury that I am exempt from the Contractors' State License Law for the following reason (Sec. 7031.5 Business and Professions Code: Any city or county which requires a Owner: DUZMAL JAMES M & CAROLE M permit to construct, alter, improve, demolish, or repair any structure, prior to its issuance, also requires the applicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he or she is licensed pursuant to the provisions of 16340 E LA CHIQUITA AVE the Contractor's Stale License Law (Chapter 9 commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code) or that he or LOS GATOS, CA she is exempt therefrom and the basis for the alleged exemption. Any 95032-4608 violation of Section 7031.5 by any applicant for a permit subjects the applicant to a civil penalty of not more than five hundred dollars ($500).): ❑ I, as owner of the property, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do the work, and •the structure is not intended or offered for sale (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractors' State License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or improves thereon, and who does Applicant: SKYCREST ENTERPRISES PP such work himself or herself or through his or her own employees, COUSIN GARY'S HOMES provided that such improvements are not intended or offered for 13468 HWY 99 sale. If however, the building or improvements are sold within one year of completion, the owner -builder will have the burden of CHICO, CA 95973 proving that he or she did not build or improve for the purpose of 530-342-2694 sale:). O I, as owner of the property, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. to construct the project (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code. The Contractors' State License Law does not apply to an owner of property who builds or Improves thereon, and who contracts for such projects with a contractor(s) licensed Contractor: SKYCREST ENTERPRISES pursuant to the Contractors' State License Law.). COUSIN GARY'S HOMES ❑ I am Exempt under Article 3 of the Business. and Professions Code 13468 HWY 99 CHICO, CA 95973 Date: owner: 530-342-2694 WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION I hereby affirm under penalty of perjury one of the following declarations: License #: 812930 ❑ 1 have and will maintain a certificate of consent to self -insure for workers' compensation, as provided for by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. ❑ 1 have and will maintain workers' compensation insurance, as Architect: required by Section 3700 the Labor Code, for the performance of Engineer: the work for which this permit is issued. My workers' compensation insurance carrier and policy umber are: Carrier: e`1/ •�� Policy #:,,7 z2LP(Il O®e Total Square Ft: 2518 S.F. Valuation: $163,670.00 ❑ I certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to Census Code: d become subject to the workers' compensation laws of California, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers' compensation provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comp] with those rovisions. Dat � � Applicant• - RNI G: Failure to secure w ers' compensation coverage is 1 nla u1, and shall subject an employer to criminal penalties and one dred thousand dollars ($100,000), in addition to the cost of compensation, damages as provided for in Section 3706 of the Labor code, interest, and attorney's fees. CONSTRUCTION LENDING AGENCY This permit is h eby issueer applica a pr vI ' ns of the Butte County Code and/or I hereby affirm that there is a construction lending agency for the performance of the work for which this is issued (Sec 3097 Civ.) Resolutions to o work jn ' ated bove for whi h fee ave been paid. L �� ^6 2.. permit Name: By: Date: 3— �• �� C� Address: PERMIT EXPIRES ON: Date ❑ 1 hereby certify that the use of this facility shall comply with Sections 25505, 25533, and 25534 of the California Health and Safety Code, which regulate the storage, handling and use of hazardous materials. ❑ Notification in accordance with Section 18827.5 of California Health & Safety Code is not applicable to the scheduled construction of this project. ❑ Attached are copies of the required E.P.A. notification forms. I hereby certify that I have read this application, that the above information is correct, and that I am the owner or the duly authorized agent of the owner. I agree to comply with all county and state laws relating to building construction. I acknowledge it 1s unlawful to alter of any official form or doc ent of Butte County. I hereby .2uthorize representatives of Butte County to enter upon the above mentioned property for tnsp tion purposes. Print Name: 5 Signatur , Date: .❑, Owner v contractor ❑ Agent for Owner ❑ Agent for Contractor BUTTE COUNTY MAY 18 2U015 DEPARTMENT'OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION AND SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 24 HOUR INSPECTION#: OROVILLE: (530) 538-7636 • CHICO: (530) 891-2834 OFFICE #: (530) 538-7541 A FEE WILL BE REQUIRED AT TIME OFAPPLICATION OWNER Name 1' Address 2(0?)5 5 l O N City State Zip Phon ,530 -O 0 Fax E -mai APPLICANT NAME CONTRACTOR a ;. Name Ism Address wy 99 City to—() Fax State(jA Zi ,5 3 Phone ,5 3 4z —.2L 94 F 5� 542" Q 17 E-mail Map Book Lic. APPLICANT NAME ARCHITECT/ENGINEER Name City Address Zip City Fax State Zip Phone Type Const. Fax E-mail Map Book Stale License Number APPLICANT NAME Name Address City State Zip Phone Fax E-mail APPLICANT SIGNATURE X F office use only: AP# rl— 2— Zoning Property Address 5s 10 D Flood Zone WORKER'S COMPENSATION SRA Yes No Occ• Name Type Const. Subdivision Name Map Book Page Planner Date Approved: OVER FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS KAFORMS\BUILDING F0RMS\B1dgApp1SubRgmts.doc PERMIT NO. BPO'S/Iq BIN # LOCATION AP# rl— 2— Property Address 5s 10 D ross Street ` F1113 S "(b ItV WORKER'S COMPENSATION Policy Number Carrier � � •� T N !' rif hiring anyone other than license contractors, a certificate of worker's ompensation must be shown at the time of permit issuance. LENDING AGENCY Name Address Page 1 of 2 Received by: Amount: j C Bldg SRA i Receipt #: t'� iSheriff U 7�C� , SMIP Date: c� t _Other 2", " �� / Total REV 4-30-04 CDF FIRE SAFE REQUIREMENTS AP# 072-150-024 PERMIT # 05-1195 NAME: Duzmal Under authority of Public Resources Code Sec. 4290, the following checked items are required by the Butte County Fire Department and made a part of this permit. These requirements are minimums and may be superseded by Butte County local regulations, which, equal or exceed these standards. Butte County Building Inspectors will make compliance inspections. Drivewav Standards [Xj Surface. All .driveway surfaces and structures (bridges, culverts and other appurtenant structures which supplement the roadway bed or'shoulders) shall provided unobstructed access to conventional drive vehicles, including sedans and fire apparatus weighing up to 40,000 pounds. [X] Grade. Not to exceed 16 percent unless paved. Driveway Radius [X] No roadway shall have a horizontal inside radius of curvature of less than 50 feet and additional surface width of 4 feet shall be added to curves of 50-100 feet 'radius; 2 feet to those from 100-200 feet. [X] The length of vertical curves in roadways exclusive of gutters, ditches and drainage structures designed to hold or divert water shall be not less than 100 feet radius. [X] Turnarounds. If required, will have a minimum turning radius of 40 feet from the center of the road. [X] Turnouts. Shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 30 feet long with a minimum 25 -foot taper on each end. [X] Width. All driveways shall provide a minimum 10 -foot traffic lane and unobstructed vertical clearance of 15 feet along its entire length. [X] Turnouts. Driveways exceeding 150 feet in length, but less than 800 feet in length, shall provide a turnout near the midpoint of the driveway. Where a driveway exceeds 800 feet, turnouts shall be provided no more than 400 feet apart. Gates [X] 1. Gate entrances shall be at least two feet wider than the roadway they serve. 2. The gates must be located at least 30 feet from the roadway and shall open to allow a vehicle to stop without obstructing traffic on the roadway. 3. Where a one-way road with a single traffic lane provides entrance, a 50 -foot turning radius shall be used. C D F E Q U I R E M E N T S Setback for Structure Defensible Space C [X] Maintenance of Defensible Space. To ensure continued maintenance of D properties in conformance with these standards and measures and to assure continued availability, access and utilization of the defensible space provided for r in these standards, annual maintenance must be provided for by the landowner. r [X] 1. All parcels 1 acre and larger shall provide a minimum 30-foot setback for buildings and accessory buildings from all property lines and/or the center of the road. r �+ [ ] 2. For parcels less than 1 acre, local jurisdiction shall provide for the same practical effect. See "Other Requirements below. T 1 [X] Disposal of Vegetation and Fuels: Disposal, including chipping, burying, burning or removal to a landfill site approved by the local jurisdiction of flammable vegetation and fuels caused by site development and construction, road and driveway construction. Disposal shall be completed prior to completion of road construction or final building permit inspection. E Other Requirements [ ] If Building Setback is 15 to 30 Feet: ✓ Class A or B roof ✓ Enclosed eaves E [ ] If Building Setback is Less Than 15 Feet — ✓ Class A or B roof with enclosed eaves and choose. any 2 of the following: ❑ Metal or no doors on side toward property line with insufficient setback ❑ Interior automatic sprinkler system per NFPA 13D T T ❑ Glass area not to exceed 10% of wall area toward property line with insufficient v setback ❑ Siding from the following list: T o Stucco — 3 coat 1 o Hardi-Board or Plank o Masonry o Masonry Veneer , o Metal o Other Butte County Fire Department approved materials [l E M E N ' - May 18, 2005 Darren Read Date Signature ' IJ . CDF FIRE SAFE REQUIREMENTS AP# 072-150-024 PERMIT # 05-1195 NAME: Duzmal Under authority of Public Resources Code Sec. 4290, the following checked items are required by the Butte County Fire Department and made a part of this permit., These requirements are minimums and may be superseded by Butte'County local regulations, which equal or exceed these standards. Butte County Building Inspectors will make compliance inspections. Drivewav Standards [X] Surface. All driveway surfaces, and structures (bridges, culverts and other appurtenant structures which supplement the roadway bed or shoulders) shall provided unobstructed access to conventional drive vehicles, including sedans and fire apparatus weighing up to 40,000 pounds. [X] Grade. Not to exceed 16 percent unless paved. Drivewav Radius Pq No roadway shall have a horizontal inside radius of curvature of less than 50 feet and additional surface width of 4 feet shall be added to curves of 50-100 feet radius; 2 feet to those from 100-200 feet. [X] The length of vertical curves in roadways exclusive of gutters, ditches and drainage structures designed to hold or divert water shall be not less than 100 feet radius. [X] Turnarounds. If required, will have a minimum turning radius of 40 feet from the center of the road. [X] Turnouts. Shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 30 feet long with a minimum 25 -foot taper on each end. . [X] Width. All driveways shall provide a minimum 10 -foot traffic lane and unobstructed vertical clearance of 15 feet along its entire length. [X] Turnouts. Driveways exceeding 150 feet in length, but less than 800 feet in length, shall provide a turnout near the midpoint of the driveway. Where a driveway exceeds 800 feet, turnouts shall be provided no more than 400 feet apart. Gates [X] 1. Gate entrances shall be at least two feet wider than the roadway they serve. 2. The gates must be located at least 30 feet from the roadway and shall open to allow a vehicle to stop without obstructing traffic on the roadway. 3. Where a 'one-way road with a single traffic lane provides entrance, a 50 -foot turning radius shall be used. c 17C F IN E I R E M E N T sqc Setback for Structure Defensible Space [X] Maintenance of Defensible Space. To ensure continued maintenance of properties in conformance with these standards and measures and to assure continued availability, access and utilization of the defensible space provided for in these standards, annual maintenance, must be provided for by the landowner. [X] 1. All parcels 1 acre and larger shall provide a minimum 30 -foot setback for buildings and accessory buildings from all property lines and/or the center of the road. [ ] 2. For parcels less than 1 acre, local jurisdiction shall provide for the same practical effect. See "Other Requirements below. [X] Disposal of Vegetation and Fuels: Disposal, including chipping, burying, burning or removal to a landfill site approved by the local jurisdiction of flammable vegetation and fuels caused by site development and construction, road and driveway construction. Disposal shall be completed prior to completion of road construction or final building permit inspection. Other Requirements [ ] if Building Setback is 15 to 30 Feet: ✓ Class A or B roof ✓ Enclosed eaves [ ] If Building Setback is Less Than 15 Feet — ,/ Class A or B roof with enclosed eaves and choose any 2 of the following: ❑ Metal or no doors on side toward property line with insufficient setback ❑ Interior automatic sprinkler system per NFPA 13D ❑ Glass area not to exceed 10% of wall area toward property line with insufficient setback ❑ Siding from the following list: o Stucco — 3 coat o Hardi-Board or Plank o Masonry o Masonry Veneer o Metal o Other Butte County Fire Department approved materials [] May 18, 2005 Darren Read Date Signature C D F COUNTY OF BUTTE DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES — BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE, CA 95965 PHONE -(530)538-7541, FAX (530)538-2140 SCHEDULE OF RECEIPT OF FEE_ S Website: www.buttecounty.net/dds OWNER A.P. # r/ PROPROSED BUILDING USE Nf°H l S/ r-Fo. rDATE 5 — S �1 RECEIPT # DATE REC. 1. BUILDING PERMIT FEES --- Balance Due ..................... $ --- FEMA Flood elevation review ... $ --- Additional plan checking Fee.... $ 2. SCHOOL DISTRICT FEES - (paid at School District Office) (form available after Plan Check) 3. SHERIFF FEES (paid at Building Division) Residential............ X $360.00 =$ Units Commercial (sq. ftg.).. 3q.r tg. X $0.03 = $ 4. RECREATION DISTRICT FEES (paid at Recreation District Office) (form available after Plan Check) 5. RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT IMPACT FEES COUNTY WIDE (per dwelling) $ CHICO URBAN AREA (per dwelling) $ EL MEDIO FIRE DISTRICT (per dwelling) $ NORTH CHICO SPECIFIC PLAN (per dwelling) Zoning $ 6. SRA FIRE INSPECTION AND PLAN CHECK FEE $204.98 (paid at Building Division) 7. WATER TENDER FEES BATTALION # $200.00 (paid at Building Divisio 8. SMIP / G �"_ �� J i�"� �i/ /v✓ 9. OTHER 10. OTHER 11. OTHER At time of ermit ap 'cation, I was advised the above fees are required to be paid prior to issuance of the permit. These fees may be c anged durin the plan ch king process. - APPLIC DAT �j Pursuant to Govern ent Code Section 6602 /You are hereby notified that items, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, and 10 above may have been imposed on your project. You hav 90 days the date of approval of the project or from the imposition of the above mentioned items during which you may protest. The requirements for a Prot specified in Government Code Section 66020(a). Original -Building Division Yellow -Applicant Pink -Owner (rev. 3/05) „ BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT'OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION AND SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 24 HOUR INSPECTION#: OROVILLE: (530) 538-7636 • CHICO: (530)891-2834_” OFFICE #: (530) 538-7541 A FEE WILL BE REQUIRED AT TIME OF APPLICATION OWNER Names 1 Address 265 City State Zip Phon 530 O Fax E -mal APPLICANT NAME CONTRACTOR?, - Name � I St3 'r Address p _`State Citycp ` _o Fax State —Flip 71q,5q Phone , 3 Z Q Fax 5 ,� 2_ p 7 E-mail Map Book Lic. # 812R 3U CIals APPLICANT NAME ARCHITECT/ENGINEER Name City Address Zip City Fax State —Flip Phone Type Const. i Fax E-mail Map Book State License Number I APPLICANT NAME Name Address City State Zip Phone Fax E-mail APPLICANT SIGNATURE X F office use only: Zoning I I Flood Zone iSRA Yes No Occ. Type Const. i Subdivision Name Map Book Page Lot'# Planner Date Approved: OVER FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS KAFORMS\BUILDING F0RMS\B1dgApp1SubRgmts.doc PERMIT NO. BPO'S / J q BIN # LOCATION AP# ^ 1 _ 2 Property -A[d fess :5� Cross Street S'Tb F�2, WORKER'S COMPENSATION Policy Number / O� � 4 .. , lt2 (p ' Carrier _ 4 F/fhiring anyone other than license contractos, a certificate of worker's mpensation must be shown at the time of permit Issuance. LENDING AGENCY Name Address Page 1 of 2 Descr'" or Scope of ork: Sq. Footage 25 ❑ Structure Built without Permits I ❑ Proposed Change of Occupancy (Note previous use): 1.' EXPIRATION OF APPLICATION - Applications for which a permit has not Been issued will expire one year after the date of application. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, a new application; plans and fee will be REQUEST FOR REFUNDS Refunds can only be made upon written request by the person who paid the fee. The request must be made prior to the expiration of the permit and no construction work has been done. Filing fees, plan check fees for work plan checked and other department costs are not refundable. Received by: Amount: TIOBIdg OeSRA Receipt #: C.� I Sheriff SMIP I Date: SOther Total REV 4-30-04 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS The following drawings and specifications must be submitted to the Building Division in order to apply fora permit. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. ALL PLANS MUST BE LEGIBLE AND IN INK. Residential, New, Remodels, Additions, and Accessory Structures: ❑ 1. 3 Site Plans, signed by the preparer. NO GRAPH PAPER! ❑ 2. 3 Complete sets of plans, signed by the preparer. NO GRAPH PAPER! ❑ 3. 3 Engineered plans (if required) with wet signature -on plans AND 2 sets of stamped and signed Letter from Engineer or Architect for truss design review. o 5. calculations. ' ❑ ❑ 4. 5. 2 Engineered truss details and layouts (iflrequired) (NO FAXES!). Letter from Engineer'or Architect for I ❑ 6. truss design review. ;_ 2 Energy compliance design and supporting documentation: (Note: Not required for additions to triplicate, (D) Floor plans in triplicate, All of these must be stamped and wet -signed by the engineer. mobile or modular homes.) I ❑ 7. 2 Flood Elevation Certificate, wet -stamped and signed (if required). ❑ 8. Detached Accessory Building Form, filled out by the property owner (if required).. ❑ 9. Sanitation and site plan approval from the Environmental Health Department. ❑ 10. Metal Buildings: (A) Metal Bldg Plans, (B) Fnd plans and calcs in triplicate, (C) Elevations in triplicate, (D) Floor plans in triplicate, All of these must be stamped and wet -signed by the engineer. Mobile, Manufactured, or Modular Homes: ❑ 1. 3 Site Plans, signed by the preparer. NO GRAPH PAPER! ' ❑ 2. 2 Data sheets and installation instruction manual. ❑ 3. 2 Marriage line information. ❑ 4., 2 Floor plans. . ,, ,-:,; ❑ 5. 2 Engineered Tie Downs or Foundation plans. ❑ 6. Sanitation and site plan app -royal fromithe Environmental Health Department. ❑ 7. 2 Flood Elevation Certificate, wet=stamped and signed (if required). Commercial, New, Additions and Remodels: ❑ 1. 4 Site Plans, signed by the preparer. NO GRAPH PAPER! ❑ 2. 4 Engineered plans with wet signature on plans AND 2 sets of stamped and signed calculations, with code analysis. ❑ 3. 2 Engineered truss details and layouts (if required) (NO FAXES!). ❑ 4. Letter from Engineer or Architect for truss design review. o 5. 2 Energy compliance design and supporting documentation (if required). ❑ 6. 2 Flood Elevation Certificate, wet -stamped and signed (if required). ❑ 7. Statement of Intent for Non -heated and A/C (if required). ❑ 8. Metal Buildings: (A) Metal Bldg Plans, (B) Fnd plans and calcs in triplicate, (C) Elevations in triplicate, (D) Floor plans in triplicate, All of these must be stamped and wet -signed by the engineer. ❑ 9. Letter of intent. ❑ 10. Hazardous Material Form. .r.. ❑ 11. Sanitation and site plan approval from the Environmental Health Department. If you have questions or would like additional information regarding this process, contact a Permit Application Assistant at (530) 538-7541. OVER FOR BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION K:\FORMS\BUILDING F0RMS\B1dgApp1SubRgmts.doc Page 2 of 2 536 z6S1 REV 4-30-04 COUNTY OF BUTTE -DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA 95965 Phone (530)538-7541 Fax (530)538-2140 PERMIT APPLICATION DATA SHEET OWNER: �/ v -F-W k�-, 11 ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER Proposed Building Use: N" �'�mit/ « 5�1 Per emit Technician: (� Date: �- -0 \ Items required in order to apply for a per. All boxes MUST be checked OR marked NA in order to apply. /r% 1. Site plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans. ❑ 2. Complete plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans. ❑ 3. Engineered plans, 3 or 4 sets, with wet signature on plans AND 2 sets of stamped and signed calculations. ❑ 4. Engineered truss details and layouts in duplicate. No faxes! ❑ 5. Letter from Engineer or Architect for truss design review. ❑ 6. Energy compliance design and supporting documentation in duplicate. \ ❑ 7. Statement of Intent for Non -heated and A/C for Non -Residential Buildings. `8 )Al 8. Manufactured homes: (A) Installation manual, including marriage line info, (C) Floor r Plan,(D) Tie down or fnda s all in duplicate. ❑ 9. Metal bldgs: (A) Metal Bldg Plans, (B) Fnd plans and calcs in triplicate, (C) Elevations in triplicate. (D) Floor plans in triplicate. All of these must be stamped and wet -signed by the engineer. ❑ 10. Flood Elevation Certificate, wet -stamped and signed, in duplicate. ❑ 11. Letter of intent for non-residential buildings ❑ 12. Hazardous Material Form �j /N 13. Acknowledgement of building permit application without required clearances. ❑ 14. Other \Remaimn items needed to issue the permit. (May require additional plan review upon receipt of the following items.) *' 5. Sanitation and site plan approval from the Environmental Health Department in ❑ Chico ❑ Oroville, as applicable ❑ 16. Fire Sprinklers............................................................................................ ❑ 17. Agricultural Buffer clr and site plan apr from the Ag Commissioner Sent by ❑ 18. Soils Report and/or Engineered Foundation required ........................................... \fir Erosion Control Plan Required........................................................................ Fees as shown on the attached Schedule of Fees Due Sheet .............................. 0- 21. City of Chico Plumbing permit........................................................................ Site plan and business license approval from the City of Biggs .............................. 2 alifornia Department of Forestry plan approval ❑ paid. Sent by: 24. Planning approval for (A) Use: (B)Parking: (C) Parcel Check: 4. �- \ ❑ I 25. Contact Land Development about _ Improvements, _ Drainage ........................ �7 I /`� 26. NPDES Form............................................................................................. ❑ 27. Encroachment Permit for driveway from the Public Works Dept......... ................... ❑ 28. Contractor's license information. (Number, Name Style, Classification) ................... ❑ 29. Worker's Compensation Carrier and Policy Number .......................................... ❑ 30Vwner-Builder Verification ( _ Given to owner, _Mailed to owner) ..................... ❑ 31. Letter of Signature authorization.................................................................... ❑ 32. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgment Statement ................................. ❑ 33. Existing violations and/or expired permits......................................................... ❑ 34. D ed Restriction.......................................................... ..... 35Legal description, ❑ M.H. Title, title search, registration r MCO ........................ ❑ 36. Other: ❑ 37. Other: Telephone and hold for pickup. I have been informed of the ab Ve items and requirements for obtaining a building permit. ANplican Date: 1. Index emit application for the aboite number • Plan Check etter 2. Additional items required U C tractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by ' Date: tractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date: Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date: _ Plans reviewed by: Date: Plans approved by: Date: _ Structural reviewed by: Date: Structural approved by: Date: Note transfer by: Date: Yellow: Building Division TO: Building Department FROM: Environmental Health SUBJECT: Sanitation Clearance ly `.s S /o Owner location E.H. USE ONLY Piot Ren Ariechod T— rrlooa Plan AtUcAod Saw to S.D. 0 -7a -/So -oma Plan Approved for: Sewage Disposal ✓ Water Supply: Public Clearance for ✓dwelling. Other /—C- 6 AP# Private Well Hold final for: Final clearance O.K. for: NOTE: /?.�f��,¢c' .eJ �k t ✓' o� a .�' ��Lr� Environmental Health 4a4cialist CJ Date 8/96 r/ ]PAIRVIEW, .. Designer Series 0 i s 0 v7 ' N 3 O § 5530CT/6626-6613 3BEDROOM-1BJTHS • CATHEDRAL TH 26 SERIES 1Rmj0, IRANSOM �BOYF XBOV'F o N W-8 0 —t TION 4TH BEDROOM .anvr� .an�i� APPROVED S County+e OI HH�atth wig ure q a R-. '•C Butte CounCyDeparllnentofDevelopinentServlceS °�vTrF°° �. 7 County Center Drive° = ° ° Oroville, CA 95965 (530)538-7601 Telephone (530) 538-7785 Facsimile c�UN�y BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION WITHOUT REQUIRED CLEARANCES I request and authorize the Building Division to process this building pen -nit application through the plans examination process WITHOUT first obtaining all necessary, related permits and clearances from other regulatory entities, including but not limited to, Planning, Environmental Health, Land Development, County Fire, and, Agriculture. I hereby acknowledge: • I need to submit applications for septic and/or well to Butte County Environmental Health immediately. • . onmental Health site plan and approved sanitation I am required to bring the approved Envir clearance to the Building Division as soon as clearance is obtained a I am responsible for notifying Development Services, in writing, to stop processing of the application and to arrange for disposition of plans. The Building Divisiori will process the application through- the plans examination process, as submitted, without input from other regulatory entities that could prohibit issuance of the building permit or require submission of amended building plans to the Building Division. Once the plans examination process begins, there will be no refund of plans examination fees. Any changes requiring submission of amended plans to the Building Division will incur additional fees. Within one year from the date of application for a building permit, all other required permits and clearances from other entities must be obtained for the permit to be issued. Failure to obtain these permits/clearances will void the application. Typically other required permits/clearances include, but are not limited to, verification the parcel was legally created, adherence to. all mitigations and conditions imposed on the parcel at time of creation, as well as zoning requirements, legal access, and applicable set -backs and environmental issues (fire, agriculture buffer zones, and habitat/species). Please print: Applicant Name: f fthe Q r l 52.5 Building site address: 2L3 Hisslom 011VQ. RA__ 01R, APN: W72-156-02- Permit 72-156-02- Permit No.: I have read, understood and accept the terms and conditions as expressed herein as indicated by my submission of the above -referenced building permit application and my signature below: IGNATURE OF APPKICANT DATE Date: SITE PLAN REVIEW APPLICATION 57 ff 0 AP# o72 - /S- 6 Zcl Permit Number (if applicable) APPLICANT INFORMATION Owners Name: Owners Address: Telephone No.: Situs Address: 2� Proposed Use: Bin Number Parcel Size: S,I Residential ❑ New Single Family Residential ❑ Single Family Addition Mobile Home ❑ Residential Accessory ❑ Permanent Second Dwelling ❑ Temporary Mobile Home (Aunt Minnie) ❑ Temporary. Travel -Trailer - F1 Multi -family Non-residential ❑ New Commercial ❑ Commercial Addition ❑ New Industrial ❑ Industrial Addition. Other ❑ Septic ❑ Agricultural Exempt Building ❑ Other: Brief Explanation (if necessary): N f _-� ❑ Single Family Remodel ❑ Commercial Remodel ❑ Industrial Remodel ❑ Well ❑ Agricultural Buffer Form ❑ Applicable ❑ N/A DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES INFORMATION (For Staff Use) JS Approved ❑ Conditionally Approved ❑ Resolve Problems Prior to Approval Site Plan Stamped Approved By Date Page 1 of 5 ALL ITEMS CHECKED APPLY TO THE PROPERTY Parcel Is In: ❑ Snow Load Area: ❑ Land Conservation Act Minimum Acreage: ❑Verify residence can be built per contract ❑ Nitrate Action Plan (See Environmental Health for standards) ❑ Watershed Protection Overlay Zone (See attached standards and requirements) ❑ Expansive Soils (Test for expansive soils and if verified proper foundation design required) SRA - (CDF to determine specific requirements) 100 -Year Flood Plain: (See attached) • Flood Zone: 9C • Flood Panel No.: S,%% Index Date: ❑ Sacramento River Reclamation District (Approval must be obtained from the California Reclamation Board) ❑ Feather River Reclamation District (Approval must be obtained from the California Reclamation Board) ❑ North Chico Specific Plan (See Development Fees Section and attached standards and requirements) ❑ Chapman/Mulberry (See attached standards and requirements) ❑ Cohasset Area (See attached standards and requirements) ❑ Grading Zone (See attached handout) Use Requires: ❑ Use Permit ❑ Minor Use Permit ❑ Administrative Permit ❑ Minor Variance ❑ Variance -------=------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ❑ Detached Building, Use Form ❑ Encroachment Permit - Agricultural Worker Affidavit ❑ Agricultural Acknowledgement Statement Zoning: () Applicable Building Setbacks: ❑ Setbacks drawn on site Plan. IM CDF approval needed for encroachments into SRA setbacks. Page 2of5 Zoning Code Streets & Highways Fire Prevention Subdivision Map Front Side ® �� Side Street Rear Height Waterway N/A N/A N/A ❑ Setbacks drawn on site Plan. IM CDF approval needed for encroachments into SRA setbacks. Page 2of5 Applicable Development Fees: Standard Fees Amount ❑ Fire School* ❑ Parks/Recreation ❑ Roads ❑ Sheriff ❑ Drainage ❑ NCSP/CSA 87 ❑ Chico Urban Area — Road ❑ Thermalito Drainage Area ❑ Thermalito Urban Area ❑ Other -------------------------------------------- .Subdivision Map Special Fees ❑ Water Tender ❑ Road Improvement ❑ North Oroville Area ❑ Other (per map) Formula * Check with school district to verify actual fee if pre -application review. A final determination will be made at the time of the building permit. Parcel Created By ❑ Deeds: Date of Creation: Deed of Reference: Parcel Frontage on Publicly Maintained Road: Complies with County Standards for Deed re Comments: K,".'(d-VA Pam ❑ Parcel Deemed to be legal Legal Access Provided: ❑ No Legal Access Required ❑ No ❑ No ❑ Yes, Road Name: n:❑ No ❑ Yes / ffiP�/ ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ Verify Legal Parcel ❑ Verify Legal Access ❑ Provide Deed of Creation ❑ Obtain a Certificate of Compliance ❑ Obtain a Merger ❑ Obtain a Lot Line Adjustment ❑ Comply with Old Subdivision Lot Ordinance (Maps recorded prior to Book 17 of Maps Page 23). ❑ Construct road to: ❑ Meet Parcel size required by zone ❑ Meet current Environmental Health Department requirements Page 3 of 5 ftSubdivision Map/Parcel Map: Map Date of Recording: Lot: I ❑ Use Permit/Minor Use Permit Permit Number: Book: 5^y Page:? 7--V Date of Approval: Parcel Map/Subdivision Map/Use Permit Conditions ❑ Comply with the following Conditions of Approval: ❑ Meet the Fire Safe Regulations of Butte County and P.R.C. 4290 ❑ Automatic fire suppression sprinkler systems shall be installed in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association Standard for installation of sprinkler systems in one and two family dwellings and mobile homes, NFPA Standard 13D, unless a pressurized community water system, with hydrants that meet the Fire Department specifications, serves the parcel. ❑ Wood stoves and fireplace inserts shall be EPA approved and designed to meet the emission requirements of the California Clean Air Act of 1988, as amended. ❑ Provide an erosion control plan for building and land disturbance. The Erosion Control Plan must be prepared by a registered civil engineer or other qualified professional and be submitted to and approved by the Department of Public Works. ❑ In lieu of a pressurized water system or water storage tank, payment into the appropriate Battalion Water Tender Fund may be required. ❑ Measures shall be taken to control fugitive dust emissions from all driveway and other civil construction associated with residential development. Approved dust control measures are found in the fugitive dust control plan for the site approved by the Butte County Air Quality Management District, a copy of which can be obtained from the Butte County Department of Development Services, Building Division." ❑ Engineered foundations are required. ❑ Class A roofs are required. ❑ Property owners responsible for road maintenance, and stop sign maintenance. 0 Page 4 of 5 r Summary of Specific Requirements: This information provided in this summary is based on the application information and on the best available data at the time of review. CALarrys\Building Permit Site Plan Reviewl.doc Page 5 of 5 I BUTTE COUNTY MAY 2 52005 DEPARTMENT`OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION AND SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 24 HOUR INSPECTION#: OROVILLE: (530) 538-7636 - CMCO: (530) 891-2834 OFFICE #: (530) 538-7541 A FEE WILL BE REQUIRED AT TIME OF APPLICATION OWNER Named I t Address 6 5 5 l o N City State Zip Phon 53p 054 O Fax E -mai APPLICANT NAME CONTRACTOR k :. Name City Address q City to Fax State Zi 1q,59 r7 5 Phone(61)3 Fax 5'T2" Q 7 E-mail Map Book Lic. # p 12n �)U I Clasr1 APPLICANT NAME ARCHITECT/ENGINEER Name City Address Zip City Fax State Zip Phone Type Const. Fax E-mail Map Book State License Number APPLICANT NAME Name Address City State Zip Phone Fax E-mail APP (CANT SIGNATURE za"'X F office use only: AP# r - 2. Zoning Property Address 5 a Flood Zone SRAYes Policy Number r� ' DD O;, " No Occ. Type Const. Subdivision Name Address Map Book Page Lot # Planner Date Approved: OVER FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS PERMIT NO. BPO /Iq BIN # LOCATION AP# r - 2. Property Address 5 a Cross Street WORKER'S COMPENSATION Policy Number r� ' DD O;, " Carrier 3 If hiring anyone other than license contractois, a certificate of worker's compensation must be shown at the time of permit issuance. LENDING AGENCY Name Address Desc_ratigi or Scope of ork: Sq. Footage ❑ Structure Built without Permits ❑ Proposed Change of Occupancy ' (Note previous use): EXPIRATION OF APPLICATION Applications for which a permit has not been issued will expire one year after the date of application. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, a new application, plans and fee will be required. REQUEST FOR REFUNDS Refunds can only be made upon written request by the person who paid the fee. The request must be made prior to the expiration of the permit and no construction work has been done. Filing fees, plan check fees for work plan checked and other department costs are not refundable. C10 Received by: Amount: / Bldg SRA Receipt #: i,l f Sheriff 1 SMIP Date: �L`�S�I—Other �� � `'' �� /Total KAFORMS\BUILDING F0RMS\B1dgApp1SubRgmts.doc Page 1 of 2 REV 4-30-04 CDF FIRE SAFE REQUIREMENTS AP# 072-150-024 PERMIT # 05-1195 NAME: Duzmal Under authority of Public Resources Code Sec. 4290, the following checked items are required by the Butte County Fire Department and made a part of this permit. These requirements are minimums and may be superseded by Butte County local regulations, which equal or exceed these standards. Butte County Building Inspectors will make compliance inspections. Drivewav Standards [X] Surface. All - driveway surfaces and strictures (bridges, culverts and other appurtenant structures which supplement the roadway bed or shoulders) shall provided unobstructed access to conventional drive vehicles, including sedans and fire apparatus weighing up to 40,000 pounds. [X] Grade. Not to exceed 16 percent unless paved. Driveway Radius [X] No roadway shall have a horizontal inside radius of curvature of less than 50 feet and additional surface width of 4 feet shall be added to curves of 50-100 feet radius; 2 feet to those from 100-200 feet. [X] The length of vertical curves in roadways exclusive of gutters, ditches and drainage structures designed to hold or divert water shall be not less than 100 feet radius. [X] Turnarounds. If required, will have a minimum turning radius of 40 feet from the center of the road. [X] Turnouts. Shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 30 feet long with a minimum 25 -foot taper on each end. [X] Width. All driveways shall provide a minimum 10 -foot traffic lane and unobstructed vertical clearance of 15 feet along its entire length. [X] Turnouts. Driveways exceeding 150 feet in length, but less than 800 feet in length, shall provide a turnout near the midpoint of the driveway. Where a driveway exceeds 800 feet, turnouts shall be provided no more than 400 feet apart. Gates [X] 1. Gate entrances shall be at least two feet wider than the roadway they serve. 2. The gates must be located at least 30 feet from the roadway and shall open to allow a vehicle to stop without obstructing traffic on the roadway. 3. Where. a one-way road with a single traffic lane provides entrance, a 50 -foot turning radius shall be used. C D F S Setback for Structure Defensible Soace x [X] Maintenance of Defensible Space. To ensure continued maintenance of properties in conformance with these standards and measures and to assure continued availability, access and utilization of the defensible space provided for in these standards, annual maintenance must be provided for by the landowner. [X] 1. All parcels 1 acre and larger shall provide a minimum 30 -foot setback for buildings and accessory buildings from all property lines and/or the center of the road. [ ] 2. For parcels less than 1 acre, local jurisdiction shall provide for the same practical effect. See "Other Requirements below. [X] Disposal of Vegetation and Fuels: Disposal, including chipping, burying, burning or removal to a landfill site approved by the local jurisdiction of flammable vegetation and fuels caused by site development and construction, road and driveway construction. Disposal shall be completed prior to completion of road construction or final building permit inspection. Other Requirements [ ] If Building Setback is 15 to 30 Feet: ✓ Class A or B roof ✓ Enclosed eaves [ ] If Building Setback is Less Than 15 Feet — ✓ Class A or B roof with enclosed eaves and choose any 2 of the following: ❑ Metal or no doors on side toward property line with insufficient setback ❑ Interior automatic sprinkler system per NFPA 13D ❑ Glass area not to exceed 10% of wall area toward property line with insufficient setback ❑ Siding from the following list: o Stucco — 3 coat o Hardi-Board or Plank o Masonry o Masonry Veneer o Metal o Other Butte County Fire Department approved materials [] 05/25/05 Date Darren Read Signature C D F S CDF FIRE SAFE REQUIREMENTS AP# 072-150-024 PERMIT # 05-1195 NAME: Duzmal Under authority of Public Resources Code Sec. 4290, the following checked items are required by the Butte County Fire Department and made a part of this,permit. These requirements are minimums and may be superseded by Butte County local regulations, which equal or exceed these standards. Butte County Building Inspectors will make compliance inspections. Drivewav Standards [X] Surface. All driveway surfaces and structures (bridges, culverts and other appurtenant structures which supplement the roadway bed or shoulders) shall provided unobstructed access to conventional drive vehicles, including sedans and fire apparatus weighing up to 40,000 pounds. [X] Grade. Not to exceed 16 percent unless paved. Driveway Radius [X] No roadway shall have a horizontal inside radius of curvature of less than 50 feet and additional surface width of 4 feet shall be.added to curves of 50-100 feet radius; 2 feet to those from 100-200 feet. [X] The length of vertical curves in roadways exclusive of gutters, ditches and drainage structures designed to hold or divert water shall be not less than 100 feet radius. pq Turnarounds. If required, will have a minimum turning radius of 40 feet from the center of the road. [X] Turnouts. Shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 30 feet long with a minimum 25 -foot taper on each end. pq Width. All driveways shall provide a minimum 10 -foot traffic lane and unobstructed vertical clearance of 15 feet along its entire length. 4 pq Turnouts. Driveways exceeding 150 feet in length, but less than 800 feet in length, shall provide a turnout near the midpoint of the driveway. Where a driveway exceeds 800 feet, turnouts shall be provided no more than 400 feet apart. Gates [X] 1. Gate entrances shall be at least two feet wider than the roadway they serve. 2. The gates must be located at least 30 feet from the roadway and shall open to allow a vehicle to stop without obstructing traffic on the roadway. 3. Where a one-way road with a single traffic lane provides entrance, a 50 -foot turning radius shall be used. A Setback for Structure Defensible Space C [X] Maintenance of Defensible Space. To ensure continued maintenance of D properties in conformance with these standards and measures and to assure continued availability, access and utilization of the defensible space provided for r .in these standards, annual maintenance must be provided for by the landowner. �+ [X] 1. All parcels 1 acre and larger shall provide a minimum 30 -foot setback for buildings and accessory buildings from all property lines and/or the center of the road. T r [ ] 2. For parcels less than 1 acre, local jurisdiction shall provide for the same practical effect. See "Other Requirements below. T 1 [X] Disposal of Vegetation and Fuels: Disposal, including chipping, burying, burning or removal to a landfill site approved by the local jurisdiction of flammable vegetation and fuels caused by site development and construction, road and driveway construction. Disposal shall be completed prior to completion of road construction or final building permit inspection. Other Requirements [ ] If Building Setback is 15 to 30 Feet: ✓ Class A or B roof ✓ Enclosed eaves [ ] If Building Setback is Less Than 15 Feet E — ✓ Class A or B roof with enclosed eaves and choose any 2 of the following: Q ❑ Metal or no doors on side toward property line with insufficient setback ❑ Interior automatic sprinkler system per NFPA 13D T T ❑ Glass area not to exceed 10% of wall area toward property line with insufficient V setback ❑ Siding from the following list: T o Stucco — 3 coat 1 o Hardi-Board or Plank o Masonry < o Masonry Veneer o Metal o Other Butte County Fire Department approved materials [l M E N 05/25/05 Darren Read Date Signature I.J 1 tAIRWVIE26 SERIES .Designer Series ~ 1RWSOY IPARSOM ABOVE ABOVE 5530CT/6626-6613 3BEDROOM - 2BVHS - CATHEDRAL TH o N W-8 4 TION 4TH BEDROOM . Act ltu Act Itu ABOVE ABOVE BUM,.: qUILDING DEPARTMW cap p R , v I � i o �--•-13'-d' 1fi' 18' 0 Oi I V 1t lJ u I I ,rti 13'-4" 3910# J i i 29'-4' I I 8300p 1 1 I I t I I T i 1 — r I I O O i t t I I I i I 47'-4" I 53'-4' 59'-2" 4400B c_ 1430/ 1430;# '—� 2570 25T _ 33'-3' 464' 47'-4" 53'-4' 18101 181 Di 1300f.31001 m ✓ t cr, 1 42'-0" -� O 1300# .r I ------9'----5-4' 12'-8"--+-5'-4"-1'- w 355 REv►� AtiD t4A �VIC£s dl e OD G 0 30# CENTERLINE SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS N THIS SHEET IS TO BE INSERTED WITH SUPPLEMENT TO FIELD INSTALLABON MANUAL FOR � N__LL R VAR ID12r7w a 301 ROOF ZONE SNOW LOAD. SEE ABOVE PRINT FOR LOAD REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS. ROOF I DESCRIKON uvE Loan I 6626-3rK— 2B—CATH 3100# MANUFAC TUR D HOME IN STALLATIOI`I ,.,FOR T H RIP,LE WIDE OMES (Supplement to Manufactured Home Installation Manual) S�LiNE� BRINGING AMERICA HOME. BRINGING AMERICA FUN. SITE PREPARATION The site is to be prepared and the units interconnected and supported as per the special instructions for double wide setup and interconnection (outlined in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual.) The A -unit is to be lag bolted (3/8" diameter x 4" long) to the B -unit where the 12" wide sheathing is not removable at the sidewall gable. WARNING ONLY EXPERIENCED PERSONS KNOWLEDGEABLE OF MANUFACTURED HOME SETUP PROCEDURES SHOULD SET UP THIS HOME. NOTE: THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO INSTRUCT AND TO ASSIST ALREADY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN PROPER INSTALLATION OF SKYLINE MANUFACTURED HOMES. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO ENABLE SOMEONE UNFAMILIAR WITH MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION TO PERFORM THE INSTALLATION. SETUP SHOULD BE DONE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PEOPLE. WHOEVER DOES THE SETUP SHOULD GUARANTEE THEIR WORK IN WRITING t FOR A REASONABLE TIME AND SHOULD, IF NECESSARY, AGREE TO RELEVEL THE HOME WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE INITIAL SETUP. f J The technical content of this Installation Manual has been reviewed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. and found to be in accordance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards. REVIEWED BY ENGINEERING DEPT. ISSUED BY FOLLOW-UP SERVICES DEPT. December 11, 1997 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION OF B -UNIT TO C -UNIT A parallel tag is indicated by the peak of the roof located along the center of the B -unit. A dormer tag is indicated by the roof dormer being located at the tag location. Choose the instructions that match the tag to be installed. I. PARALLEL TAG INSTALLATION 1. The site is to be prepared and the units intercon- nected and supported per the special instructions for Double -Wide set-up and interconnection outlined in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual (see Fig. 1 below). After the A -unit and the B -unit have been blocked and leveled, the C -unit is to be con - connected to the B -unit in a like manner. When required for roof loads in excess of 20 psf, the A, B and C -units should be perimeter blocked per the Manufactured Home Perimeter Blocking Supple- ment. 2. Fold back the undedayment material in the area of the detachable roof sheathing. (Used for bolting beam halves together.) 3. Remove the 12 inch wide pieces of sheathing, which were temporarily secured and are located adjacent to each ridge beam half. 4. Bolt the ridge beams together as outlined in the Double -wide set-up procedure in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. For models with heat ducts in the roof cavity, make the interconnection of two units by running the provided flexible duct through the access hole in the ridge beam. After the mechanical connection is made, tape the joint with 2 inch wide duct tape. 5. Reinstall the detached sheathing using 16 gauge by 7/16" by 1-1/2" staples or 8d twist nails 3 inches on center at butt joints and 3 fasteners at each truss between joints. 6. Fasten roof undedayment back in place with 16 gauge by 1" by 1" staples or roofing nails 4'-0" (maximum) around the perimeter. 7. Install 36" wide roofing undedayment centered above ridge beam. Install such that up hill side is below factory installed undedayment and down hill side is above factory installed undedayment. Fasten same as step 6 above. (See Fig. 3) 8. Fasten drip cap to sheathing above the undedayment at the roof edge. (See Fig. 3) 9. Per the Manufactured Home Installation Manual, complete installation of shingles. 10. After completing the interconnections of the units, install the closure of siding at the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided inside comers (if required) as indicated in Figure 2. Pier at centerline within tof front and rear wall. This pier required The home snail oe set-up and the only if there is a column located at front or rear wall. (See table 3) utilities connected per the requirements of the Double -Wide Set-up instructions r.531_. specified in the Manufactured Home I -Beams ! Installation Manual. Each I -Beam shall be supported per Table 2 and each Varies • column supported per Table 3. Each [17i outside I-beam (on the A & C units) Piers required at shall be tied down per the tie down all interior column - 1 requirements specified in the Installation :�-�-, locations, per I _ manual. All matins line connections, Table 3. (See closure details, and utility connections detail) ; shall be made per the applicable ;- centerline details specified in the ' installation manual or other supplements. Max. Pier spacing as I selected from Table 2. I , 1 A -unit 8 -unit C -unit 1 Roof Peak tl'I DIMENSIONS VARY. IF PRE -CONSTRUCTION OF CENTERLINE SUPPORT PIER LOCATION FOOTINGS IS DESIRED, CONTACT THE SKYLINE INDICATOR (METAL STRAP) OR DIVISION WHICH MANUFACTURED THE UNIT FOR CENTERLINE FLOOR JOIST MARKED APPLICABLE DIMENSIONS. FIG. I WITH PAINT BENEATH HOME. 2 I '/:" x 11/2" METAL FLASHING (FACTORY SUPPLIED FIELD APPLIED) FACTORY INSTALLED MAIN UNIT VERTICALS VERTICALS BOTTOM VERTICALS ) I f FIELD INSTALLED I I HARDBOARD TRIM (FIELD INSTALLED FACTORY SUPPLY) HARDBOARD SIDING FIG.2 MAIN UNIT LAP SIDING INSIDE CORNER (FACTORY SUPPLIED FIELD INSTALLED) -J-RAIL VINYL OR ALUMINUM LAP SIDING LAP SIDING SITE INSTALLED SHINGLES ROOFING UNDERLAYMENT FOLDED BACK FOR BEAM BOLTING 36" WIDE ROOFING UNDERLAYMENT PLY. SHEATHING _ II � DRIP CAP RIDGE BEAM II. DORMER TAGS The site is to be prepared and the A and 13 -units interconnected and supported per the special instruc tions for Double -Wide set-up and interconnection outlined in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual (see Fig. 4 below). After the A -unit and the 13 -unit have been blocked and levelled, the C -unit is to connected to the B -unit. The set-up of the C -unit will vary depending on the type of Dormer tag included with your home. Determine the type of Dormer tag from the descriptive list below. Dormer Tag 1: Flush roof, flush floor, approved for Wind Zones II and III, and has a triangular plywood beam between B and C -unit. Dormer Tag 2: Main unit roof overhangs tag roof, step down floor and approved for Wind Zones I, II and 111. Dormer Tag 3: Flush roof, step down floor, approved for Wind Zone I only, and main unit will have hinged roof Dormer Tag 4: Flush roof, flush floor, approved for Wind Zone I only, and does not have triangular plywood beam. Dormer Tag 5: Main unit roof overhangs tag roof, flush floor and approved for Wind Zone I. For the Dormer tag to have a flush roof, the dormer on the main unit will line up with the tag roof. For the Dormer tag to have a flush floor, the floor of the main unit will line up with tag floor. For the Dormer tag to have a step down floor, the floor of the tag will line up 9 inches lower than the main unit floor. Once you have determined the correct tag for your home, go the specific set-up instructions. See list below: Page(s) Figure(s) Dormer Tag 1 5 5 Dormer Tag 2 6 6 Dormer Tag 3 7 7 Dormer Tag 4 8 8 Dormer Tag 5 9 8A Dormer Tag 6 10 8B 4 'DIMENSIONS VARY. IF PRECONSTRUCTION OF Pier at centerline within V of front FOOTINGS IS DESIRED, CONTACT SKYLINE and rear wall. This pier required only DIVISION WHICH MANUFACTURED THE UNIT if there is a column located at front or FOR APPLICABLE DIMENSIONS. rear wall. (See table 3) /\/ Varies ' I -Beams See specific set-up instructions in this manual (Figures 5-8) for all tag pier kJJ,` -- •,; ocations, sizes, loads, etc. Piers required at all interior column - - . -; •; locations, per Table 3. (See detail) Max. Pier spacing as C -unit selected from Table 2. -i 7i Dormer roof line CENTERLINE SUPPORT PIER LOCATION _ INDICATOR (METAL STRAP) OR A -unit Ck B -unit CENTERLINE FLOOR JOIST MARKED WITH PAINT BENEATH HOME. FIG.4 4 DORMER TAG 1 2. 3. 4. 5. Fold back underlayment and valley flashing and align C -unit as close as possible to the B -unit. It may be necessary to winch the units together with come- alongs or similar equipment. Aluminum sheets or greased board under the tires of the C -unit will aid in sliding units together. Bring the B -unit and C -unit sidewall beams together. Jacking the "I" -beams of the C -unit may be necessary. Align ceiling material joints and level ceiling edges by jacking the C -unit inside "I" -beam until ceiling joint is flush. Bolt the two triangular beams together as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. Access to the beams is provided by two removable panels in the roof sheathing of each unit. Line up C -unit endwall studs with B -unit sidewall studs by moving C -unit floor either forward or backward as necessary. Fasten the walls together using 16d nails or #8x3" screws at 12 inches on center. Install sill sealer (roll of insulation) around perimeter of main unit before installing fasteners. 6. Level the floor by jacking on the inside "I" beam of the C -unit. Fasten the header joists together with #8x3" screws 16" o.c. 7. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure 5 below. Pier locations at the sidewall beam support columns are marked with paint under the floor. Follow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 8. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 5 below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 9. Replace the access panels in the roof sheathing using 16 gauge x 7/16" x 1-1/2" staples or 8d twist nails at 4 inches on center. Install corner drip cap. 10. See roof covering close off instructions for dormer tags on page 10. 11. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided corners as per Figure 2. 12. Seal the joint under the floor between the tag and the main unit wim duct TABLE 1 ��Qynoaeenn\00000 Minimum 160" max. Locate piers at all four ,P'y 49.7" Zone III corners of tag unit. Pier is 1485 lbs. ti Locate piers under each end of load / opening between main unit and tag. Pier load is 2623 lbs. 14 X12 o -q111^ 1 Vr C.�r.,, Jif fil- :i E �p N I I� 20 I J(v 7 Locate pier under wall, where ridge beam meets exterior wall. Pier load is 2540 lbs. C -u ri it Locate piers under unit 1 -beams. Piers are required at each end of beams and at center. Pier load is 3550 lbs. PIER REQUIREMENTS Unit I-beam Wall strap - Factory installed. TABLE 1 Pier Height Minimum Maximum FZone 18.6" 49.7" Zone III 17.1" Hurricane Tie down strap. Install at all wall strap locations. Strap may be located above or below (- beam. Ground Level Ground anchor FIG.5 5 Pier with footing Height - r (Wind Zone 11 - 30 degrees min. 57 degrees max. Wind Zone III - 25 degrees min. 60 degrees max. TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS DORMER TAG 2 1 2 3 4 f Align C -unit as close as possible to the B -unit. It may be necessary to winch the units together with come- . alongs or similar equipment. Aluminum sheets or greased board under the tires of the C -unit will aid in sliding units together. Align ceiling material joints and level ceiling edges by jacking the C -unit inside "I" -beam until ceiling joint is flush. Fasten C -unit to B unit at roof line. Use #8x2" wood screws from tag unit extended plywood (at end truss location) to main unit (see Figure 6 below). Line up C -unit endwall studs with B -unit sidewall studs by moving C -unit floor either forward or backward as - necessary. Fasten the walls together using 16d nails or #8x3" screws at 12 inches on center. Install sill sealer (roll of insulation) around perimeter of main unit before installing fasteners. Locate piers under lag ridge beam column supports. Pier load is 2124 lbs. at 20 PSF roof live load and 2660 at 30 PSF roof live load. Locate piers under unit 1 -beams. Piers are required at each end of beams and at center. Pier load is 3874 lbs. 164" max. 5. Level the floor by jacking on the inside "I" beam of the C -unit. The floor of the tag unit should be 9 inches lower than the floor of the unit. Fasten the header joist of the main unit to the wall studs of the tag unit with #8x3" screws (16" o.c.) 6. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure 6 below. Pier locations at the Tag beam support columns are marked with paint under the'floor. Fallow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 7. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 6 below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 8. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided inside corners as per Figure 2. i ` 9. Seal the joint under the floor between the tag and the main unit with duct tape. Locate piers at all four corners of tag unit. Pier load is 2124 lbs. at 20 . g8rQ" screws PSF roof live load and 12" o.c. -- 2660 at 30 PSF roof live '� Tag truss — TABLE 1 Pier eight Minimum Maximum Wind 12" 56" Zone I Wind 18.6" 49.7" Zone 11 E Wind 17.1" 55.9" Zone III 164" max. 5. Level the floor by jacking on the inside "I" beam of the C -unit. The floor of the tag unit should be 9 inches lower than the floor of the unit. Fasten the header joist of the main unit to the wall studs of the tag unit with #8x3" screws (16" o.c.) 6. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure 6 below. Pier locations at the Tag beam support columns are marked with paint under the'floor. Fallow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 7. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 6 below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 8. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided inside corners as per Figure 2. i ` 9. Seal the joint under the floor between the tag and the main unit with duct tape. Locate piers at all four corners of tag unit. Pier load is 2124 lbs. at 20 . g8rQ" screws PSF roof live load and 12" o.c. -- 2660 at 30 PSF roof live '� Tag truss — C -unit ' Locate pier under wall each side of opening under tag ridge beam. , Pier load Is 1062 lbs. at 20 PSF roof live load and 1330 at 30 PSF - roof live load. PIER REQUIREMENTS Wall strap - Factory Installed. Wind Zone II and III only. Hurricane Tie down strap. Install 2 \ at front and rear of each I-beam (8 total) for Wind Zone I. Install at all wall strap locations for Wind Zone II and III. Strap may be located above or below I-beam. Ground Level j Ground anchor FIG.6 N Dormer Rafter Main Unit T �ccrNAL r.unr,hMnn I I �2 01910 Un@ I-beam Pier with footing Helaht . Mnd Zone 1 - 20 degrees min. SO degross max. Mnd Zone Y - 30 degrees min. 57 degrees max. Mnd Zone III .26 degrees min. W degrees mac TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS t 0 Tag Unit iL E O N M C -unit ' Locate pier under wall each side of opening under tag ridge beam. , Pier load Is 1062 lbs. at 20 PSF roof live load and 1330 at 30 PSF - roof live load. PIER REQUIREMENTS Wall strap - Factory Installed. Wind Zone II and III only. Hurricane Tie down strap. Install 2 \ at front and rear of each I-beam (8 total) for Wind Zone I. Install at all wall strap locations for Wind Zone II and III. Strap may be located above or below I-beam. Ground Level j Ground anchor FIG.6 N Dormer Rafter Main Unit T �ccrNAL r.unr,hMnn I I �2 01910 Un@ I-beam Pier with footing Helaht . Mnd Zone 1 - 20 degrees min. SO degross max. Mnd Zone Y - 30 degrees min. 57 degrees max. Mnd Zone III .26 degrees min. W degrees mac TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS t 0 DORMER TAG 3 1 2 '43 4 61 Align C -unit as close as possible to the B -unit. It may be necessary to winch the units together with come- alongs or similar equipment. Aluminum sheets or greased board under the tires of the C -unit will aid in sliding units together. Align ceiling material joints and level ceiling edges by jacking the C -unit inside "I" -beam until ceiling joint is flush. Fasten C -unit to B unit at roof line. Use #8xY wood screws (toe -screwed) from tag unit (at end truss location) to main unit (see Figure 7 below). Line up C -unit endwall studs with B -unit sidewall studs by moving C -unit floor either forward or backward as necessary. Fasten the walls together using 16d nails or #8xY screws at 12 inches on center. Install sill sealer (roll of insulation) around perimeter of main unit before installing fasteners Level the floor by jacking on the inside "I" beam of the C -unit. The floor of the tag unit should be 9 inches lower than the floor of the unit. Fasten the header joist of the main unit to the wall studs of the tag unit with #8xY screws (16" o.c.) 6. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure 7 be!ow. Pier locations at the Tag beam support columns are marked with paint under the floor. Follow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 7. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 7 below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 8. See roof covering close off instructions for dormer tags on page 10. 9. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided inside corners as per Figure 2. 10. Seal the joint under the floor between the tag and the main unit with duct tape. Locate piers at all four #8x3- screws 164" max. comers of tag unit. Pier 12- o.c. �► load is 2520 lbs. at 20 Locate piers under tag ridge PSF roof live bad and Tag truss beam column supports. Pier 3420 at 30 PSF roof ZRafter load is 2520 lbs. at 20 PSF live load. TAG MAI X UNIT roof live load and at30UNI PSF roof live load. i' E - b ROOF CLOSE -OFF C -unit Locate piers under unit I -beams. Piers are required at each end of Lite pier under wall each side beams and at center. Pier bad Is of opening under tag ridge beam. 4050 Its Pier load is 1260 lbs, at 20 PSF roof live load and 1710 at 30 PSF roof live load. PIER REQUIREMENTS Unit I-beam Hurricane Tie down strap. Install 2 Pier with at front and rear of each I-beam (8 tooting total) for Wind Zone I. Pier Height - See Table 1. Ground Level �� • • ' TABLE 1 Strap Angle: Pier eight Ground anchor Wind Zone 1 - 20 degrees min. 60 degrees max. Minimum Maximum TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS 12". 56" FIG.7 7 Wind Zone I 7 DORMER TAG 4 1 I! 3 4 Align C -unit as close as possible to the B -unit. It may be necessary to winch the units together with come- alongs or similar equipment. Aluminum sheets or greased board under the tires of the C -unit will aid in sliding units together. Align ceiling material joints and level ceiling edges by jacking the C -unit inside "I" -beam until ceiling joint is flush. Fasten C -unit to B unit at roof line. Use #8x3" wood screws (toe -screwed) from tag unit (at end truss location) to main unit (see Figure 8 below). Line up C -unit endwall studs with B -unit sidewall studs by moving C -unit floor either forward or backward as necessary. Fasten the walls together using 16d nails or #8x3" screws at 12 inches on center. Install sill sealer (roll of insulation) around perimeter of main unit before installing fasteners 5. Level the floor by jacking .on the inside "I" beam of the C -unit. Fasten the header joists together with #8x3" screws 16" o.c. 6. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure..8 below. Follow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 7. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 8 below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 8. See roof covering close off instructions for dormer tags on page 10. 9. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided inside corners as per Figure 2. 10. Seal the joint under the floor between the tag and the main unit with duct tape. #8x3" screws 12" o.c. 1* TABLE 1rrer rw�yn,- See Tabb 1. Pier Height Ground Level 1� --- - - - - Minimum Maximum Strap Angle; Wind 16" 60., Ground anchor Wind Zone I - 26 degrees min. 62 degrees max. Zone I I FIG.8 TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS 0 Tag truss ------- TAG UNIT MAIN UNIT Domner Rafter Locate piers at each end of sidewall opening into tag unit per Locale piers under front Manufactured Home Installation and rear walls of tag Manual requirments for sidewall 164" max. unit. Pier load is 3800 openings. lbs. at 20 PSF roof live load and 4500 at 30 IBOOF CLOSE -OFF P S F roof live load. E C -unit Locate piers under unit I -beams, spaced at 68" o.c. max. Pier load PIER REQUIREMENTS - Unit I-beam is 2600 lbs. Hurricane Tie down strap.Install 1 Pim with at front and rear of each I-beam (4 footing total) for Wind Zone L TABLE 1rrer rw�yn,- See Tabb 1. Pier Height Ground Level 1� --- - - - - Minimum Maximum Strap Angle; Wind 16" 60., Ground anchor Wind Zone I - 26 degrees min. 62 degrees max. Zone I I FIG.8 TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS 0 DORMER TAG 5 1 2 3 a Align C -unit as close as possible to the B -unit. It may 5. be necessary to winch the units together with come- , alongs or similar equipment. Aluminum sheets or greased board under the tires of the C -unit will aid in 6. sliding units together. Align ceiling material joints and level ceiling edges by jacking the C -unit inside "I" -beam until ceiling joint is flush. Fasten C -unit to B unit at roof line. Use #8x2" wood screws (toe -screwed) from tag unit (at end truss 7. location) to main unit (see Figure 6 below). Line up C -unit endwall studs with B -unit sidewall studs by moving C -unit floor either forward or backward as 8• necessary. Fasten the walls together using 16d nails or #80" screws at 12 inches on center. Install sill sealer (roll of insulation) around perimeter of main unit before 9. installing fasteners Level the floor by jacking on the inside "I" beam of the C -unit. Fasten the header joists together with #8x3" screws 16" o.c. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure 8A below. Pier locations at the Tag beam support columns are marked with paint under the floor. Follow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 8A below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided inside comers as per Figure 2. Seal the joint under the floor between the tag and the main unit with duct tape. boasts pies at am tow cone oftag unit. Pier lmd is 2200Ws. at 20 screws Locate Piers at each end of � PSF roar tiros load end 12` o.c. sldsyvaad openings WAO taa and 28004130 PSF mol live --. per NWwAwlumd Hans Tap Voss Rafter tnsta Won Mwviai requirements r�sidcwai< .3 ch Tag 1 Matn Unit Urdt i T.4. ] !�h _ BQQF CLO ung Locate piers under uatt 14ma". Pies are requtred at tech end of f beams and at center. Pie[ road is 3600 ba ' _._� _._.......�.__ Pt R B Q R9MENTS TABLE 1 unit ! beam Pier ei ht UnIrMnA Maxinxun 11Uiii Hurricane Tie down strap. Mstap .-~ PW vs�h Win id 12" 45" at front, rear aha c4 w of each t.— i tootp� beam (e uft) f*rWt Zoe t. �— --- ----�, _ ArkgW- QtDyAd l�vei 0M ledegees_Of Qa dagiees maY . C"ro+uid'ariolior - TlEd22W aEJ2W8 NT5 FIO: 8i -- ..� we DORMER TAG 6 1. Fold back underlayment and valley flashing and align C -unit as close as possible to the B -unit. It may be necessary to winch the units together with come- alongs or similar equipment. Aluminum sheets or greased board under the tires of the C -unit will aid in sliding units together. 2. Bring the B -unit and the C -unit sidewalls beams together. Jacking the "I" -beams of the C -unit may be necessary. ' 3. Align ceiling material joints and level ceiling edges by jacking the C -unit inside "I" -beam until ceiling joint is flush. 4. bolt the two triangluar beams together as described in the Manfactured Home, Installation Manual. Access to the beams is, provided by two removable panels in the roof sheathing of each unit. 5. Line up C -unit endwall studs with B -unit sidewall studs by moving C -unit floor either forward or backward as necessary. Fasten the walls together using 16d nails or #8x3" screws at 12 inches on center. Install sill sealer (roll of insulation) around perimeter of main unit before installing fasteners' 6. Level the floor by jacking on the inside "I" beam of the ' C -unit. Fasten the header joists together with #8x3" screws 16" o.c. 7. Level the C -unit and install the required piers as shown in Figure 8A below. Pier locations `at the sidewall beam support columns are marked with paint under the floor. Follow pier and footing requirements as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 8. Install ground anchors and hurricane straps as shown in Figure 8B below, and per the requirements of the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. - ' 9. Replace the access panels in the roof sheathing using 16 gauge x 7/16" x 1-'/2' staples or 8d twist nails at 4 inches on center. Insatll corner drip cap. 10. See roof covering close off instructions for dormer tags on page 10. ' 11. Apply closure courses of siding to the front and rear walls of the C -unit. Install the provided comers as per Figure 2. 12. Seal the joint under the floor between the tab and the main unit with duct tape. ` 1 W' max. Locate piers at all four comers of tag unit. Pier Locate piers under each end of load is 2800 lbs. opening between main unit and tag. Pier load is 4200 lbs. �( l - Locate pier under wall, where ridge beam meets exterior wall. Pier load is 4500 lbs. C -unit Locate piers under unit I -beams 9-0" o.c. max. Piers are required at each end of beams. Pier load is 2900 lbs. PIER REQUIREMENTS Unit I-beam Hurricane Tie down strap. Install Pier with TABLE 1 1 at front and rear of each I- footing Pier eight Beam and 3 more evenly spaced Minimum Maximum i (T-0" o.c. max.) along each I- Wind Beam (10 total). See Table 1. + - Ground Level Strap Mille: Ground anchor wind Lone I -19 degrees min. 56 degrees max. TIE -DOWN REQUIREMENTS FIG. 8B 10 , Zone I 12" 44.8" 10 , DORMER TAG ROOF COVERING INSTRUCTIONS 1. If your home has -a Dormer Tag 1,4 or 6, then follow steps 2 thru 10. If your home has a Dormer Tag 3, , then follow steps 11 thru 17. If your home has a Dormer Tag 2, then no further work is required. 2. Fold underlayment back in place on the C -unit. Apply asphalt cement between 1st and 2nd layers to a point 24 inches (minimum) inside the sidewall (see Fig. 9). 3. Fold underlayment back in place on the B -unit and overlay with the provided 36" wide roofing underlay- ment at the marriage line of the unit; tack in place (see Fig. 9). 4. Nail bottom layer of valley flashing back in place with 16 gauge x 3/4" x 1" staples or 12 gauge x 1-1/4" large head galvanized roofing nails at 12" on center (see Fig. 10). 5. If the valley on the home is an open valley follow step 6. If valley is a closed cut type, then go to step 8. 6. Apply a 3" band of asphalt cement between top and bottom layer of roll roofing. Fasten top layer of valley flashing same as step 4 above. (See Fig. 10). 7. Apply shingles from eave up to ridge. Shingles and the starter course are to be cut to from the 8" valley (see Fig. 11). Apply a 5" band of asphalt cement between the shingle and the valley flashing. The shingles are to be fastened as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. Go to step 9. 8. First, install remaining shingles on the main unit side of the valley, extending them onto dormer side 12" min. (see Fig. 12). Use normal shingle fastening (see Manufactured Home Installation Manual) methods, except that no fastener should be within 6 inches of the valley centerline and two fasteners should be placed at the end of each shingle crossing the valley onto the previously applied shingles (see Fig. 13). Trim shingles no less than 2" back from the valley centerline. Trim one inch on a 45 degree angle from the upper corner of each end shingle. Finally, embed each end shingle in a 3" wide strip of asphalt cement. 9. When installing remaining shingles, take care to assure that butts joints of shingles on adjacent courses are not within 4" of each other. 10. Cut shingles for ridge cap and install as per the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 11. Fold underlayment back in place on the C -unit. Apply asphalt cement between 1st and 2nd layers to a point 24 inches (minimum) inside the sidewall. 12. Fold underlayment back in place on the 13 -unit and overlay with the provided 36" wide roofing underlayment at the marriage line of the units. Trim to fit along valley centerline. The underlayment is to be carried up onto the main unit fascia board 3" to 4" where the main unit sidewall overhang meets the tag roof (see Figs. 14 & 16). 36"WIDE UNDERLAYMENT CENTERED AT MATING LINE C -UNIT B-UNri UNDERLAYMENT UNCERLAYMENTZr MINERAL SURFACED VALLEY FLASHING ASPHALT CEMENT /^ CORNER DRIP CAPD FIG.9 SECURE BOTH LAYERSTOP LAYER OF MINERAL ALONG EDGE AT IeO.C. SURFACED ROLL ROOFING E OF VALLEY UNDERLAYMENT •: .:.. Y BAND OF ASPHALT CEMENT ALONG EDGE BOTTOM LAYER OF MINERAL SURFACED ROLL ROOFING FIG.10 11 Valley centerline I I Roll Roofing Field installed shingles l FIG.12 Valley centerline Clipped Comer Field installed shingles % l z• Asphalt cement FIG.13 12 DORMER TAG ROOF COVERING INSTRUCTIONS (con't.) 13. Nail 2 layers of valley flashing roll roofing in place with 16 gauge x 3/4" x 1" staples. Apply a 3" band of asphalt cement between layers of roll roofing (see Fig. 15). 14. Trim the valley flashing so that it extends 1/4" below the edge of the main unit, and 2" below the point where the 2 units meet (see Fig. 16). 15. Apply shingles from eave up to ridge. Install step flashing against main unit fascia as shown in figures 14 and 17. Shingles and the starter course are to be Underlayrtent carried up onto Fascia Board 3" to 4". % Step !lashing positioned over shingle so that neld course or shingles covers it completely. , rastia meal :+sues as `�\ -P naShl.g na�:hwg. F1 G.14 �A, -IF1100 QW2 , Trim the upper and lower sections of res" to that they mdend 1r4" below fhe edge of the male unit. S.. SI.p F—Ino DeWe ROOF COVERING DETAIL -1 - - --, t The lower section of the flatting. In eontad with the tag unit should project at leas! 7 below the point Wfere fhe two roofs meeL FIG .16 Trim the top layer of flashing that win lie on the tag unit to overlap the nearesl course of shingles. cut to.form the 8" valley (see Fig. 16). Apply a•5" band of asphalt cement between the shingle and the valley flashing. The shingles are to be fastened as described in the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 16. When installing remaining shingles, take care to assure that butt joints of shingles on adjacent courses are not within 4" of each other. 17. Cut shingles for ridge cap and install as per the Manufactured Home Installation Manual. 5• Land o: a5nha11 cemcnl tw—on me —fin; and aningtes. J• band of eSyhal: cemcm ! r r .long neoh edgc. I FIG.15 jCC.1ed,aC pt. .•a:y: S:niglCS 16" wide layer or mineral surface roll roofing. Staple along each end with 1613a. A 1!3/4'x1' staples 1 T o.c. 36" wide layer or mineral surface roll roofing. Staple along each end with 16133. , 1(3/4'x1' staples 17" o.c. RUnI r:�•. �..�I Nail metal flashing to root wR-rooring MIS. 2 top kaP .ter'. •:�:r�+.. tw— Y / r 5•• s: I FIG.17 13 10" minimum flexible crossover duct 10" minimum flexible cross- over duct. 12" minimum flexible crossover duct. O Insulated metal wye (R4 minimum). Aluminum duct or fiberglass ductboard duct Typical Heat Duct Crossover Connection Register location (typical) vary. Aluminum duct or fiberglass ductboard duct. \Aluminum duct or fiberglass ductboard duct. Notes: 1) See HVAC details for fiberglass ductboard ducts systems regarding duct size, register sizes, locations, etc. 2) See "Skyline Corporation Manufactured Home Installation Manual" for additional information regarding connection and support of heat duct crossovers.s 14 Corporate Office - P.O. Box 743 - Elkhart, Indiana 46514 Rev. 12/97 SKYLINE _ CORPORATION MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION MANUAL BRINGING Amma HOME. BRINGING Amma [UN. 'm���» Tu�u�m�m� ��� � Chapter1 ' |ntroduoUon------'�---.''-' 1 Chapter ( �2 ' ' ` y Definitions ......... .................................. 2 � Chapter Site Preparation Typical Pier Construction .... :................ . 8 Zone Maps ----'.................... 3 Single vV�ox------.---' Site, -----------4�i 37 � Description ofSoils ............................ 5 Chapter ' Foundation and Support Requirements 38 v Piem--------'------. 0 ~" Design Requirements ............... ........... O 44 | DoSignPr000dumu—.--. ............ 6'7 / TalephonaondCable TV .................. — Acceptable Footings ...................... —' 7 44 PkacemerdinFmozngCUmuteo---�` 7 � Proper.Sizing7 Chapter ' -Utility System Connection and Testing vvam�--�---___`________ pamonemFoundations ............ i....... 7 45. Flood -Prone Areas ................................ 7 6 - Installation Optional Features SeofChapter vere .---''-----. T Continued �7 Important References Documents ..... Double Wide Utility Interconnection ..... 35-'38 8 Typical Pier Construction .... :................ . 8 Support kqquiror�nents ....................... 104� Single vV�ox------.---' 'GudinoC ...................... 37 -Waterline -CmnxConnnoL—..--. 37 DrainUnoCross Connect ................ 38 Installation nfExterior Light Fixtures —' 38 v 38. --_ Roof Tight _`ng--------' ~" Porches and Decko......... ...................... � 3B' 6 - Installation Optional Features SeofChapter vere .---''-----. T Special Snow Load Conditions �7 Important References Documents ..... / Typical Installations: ............................... 8 Typical Pier Construction .... :................ . 8 Support kqquiror�nents ....................... 104� Single vV�ox------.---' 10'. �Doub�VV�oo—_---'—.-- 1142 Air Conditioning El eutrioa Con*nect ...... 12 PavU�nDormer BbcNng---'�—� �13 Footing Sizes ........................................ 13 K � o'hapte,��' Sei-Upprnoedu,do -- Moving Homo.toLocation: .................... 14 14 LoyeUngand-D�ok�g—'r--'�—�—. 14-16 ' Single YVidon........................ ...... 14-15 DoubleWidex---,--_-- 16 UweofVVoterLevni.---: .................. 17 Double Wide Interconnection ............... 1849 Tie Down. ........................ 20-21 Over -The -Roof Straps 21 Anchor Tables 7-onoL_—_—. 22-24 Anchor Tables wmoZone U&8i--- 25-26 ' Ancho,Tob�nhx1O2^ 27 APPROVED ,FS Ccrporat;,, Longitudinal Tie Down 1nsmxctiono.,.:. 28 m"m="vx'm Tie Down Example .......... :..................... 29 zumo HUD Manufactured Doub�VY�oE�oh�Cbou�.----. 30-32 Herne Masonite Siding .............................. 30 |con"*""*"& | | �m"wm"�"� | Vinyl Lap 31 MonUPuhel&HavdiPlankSiding—' 32 WARNING ONLY EXPERIENCED PERSONS KNOWLEDGEABLE'OF MANUFACTURED HOME. SET-UP 'PROCEDURES SHOULD SETUP THIS HOME. Electrical Dryer Venting ........... .............. 39 Gas Dryer 3V Gas Water 38 GhU0R' \�mh ................................. 39 � Paddle Fan /nxmnavnu------_`' 40-41 - Flush Ridge Beam .............. '........... 40 Protruding 41 False Beam ................................ 41 Air Conditioning El eutrioa Con*nect ...... 42 42 43 Expanding -R.6oms,.Slide-Outs .............. 44 - 4-Sno*naunooSiruom, Site . Attached Siructurs-----.-- 44 H Roofs Eaves _—. Hinged ---- 44 | Ceiling Fans ................... ....... ............... | 44 / TalephonaondCable TV .................. — 44 Fireplace Installation .--'.--^--- 44 Field Installed Hearth ............................. 44 .44 Chapter ' -Utility System Connection and Testing vvam�--�---___`________ Di � ' Connection ------- 45. .Drainage 1. 1'1/� 1<V4&2ba�.-- 45 � Gas .----:-----. ---'—'.-- 45 Electrical .................................. .............. 45-46 Outside Panel Box ................................ 47 Electrical System Test 47 Mulfi-.8ection Frame Bonding ----- 47 Typical Under -Chassis 48 Feeder Connections ......................... Typkca|Mo�rBaao)nomUa�nn---- 48 � Mo�r8ase&Panel w/Masthaod........... 48. 49 Chapter ' Protective Window Coverings ........... oo-55 Chapter 9 ' Final InspectionFina ��oPonUon----,----___� |no�UohonInspection Checklist ............. 56 � 57 NOTE: THIS MANUAL |SINTENDED TO AND TDASSIST ALREADY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN. |ROPER INSTALLATION OF -SKYLINE MANUFACTURED HOMES. [T|SNOT INTENDED TOENABLE SOMEONE- UNFAMILIAR WITH K8ANUFACTUREDHOME INSTALLATION nQPERFORM THE |NSTALLAT|OKi ' SET-UP SHOULD BEDONE ONLY 8YQUALIFIED PEOPLE. WHOEVER DOES THE SET-UP SHOULD GUARANTEE' THEIR WORK IN WRITING FOR A REASONABLE TIME AND SHOULD, IF NECESSARY, AGREE TO RELEVEL THE HOME VV|TH|NgVDAYS- AFTER THE INITIAL SET'UP ^ ' � w � r r�l IN SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLEVOE INTERCONNECTION The procedure for connecting the homes is as follows. 1. Remove the temporary closure materials (polyethylene and batten strips) and position the halves as close tog- ether as possible in the final desired location. Do not remove temporary beam supports until step 7 has been completed: 2. Move the first section of home into its desired position. Block and level it in the same manner as described for a single section home. Skyline*Corp. recommends, if possible, the heavy half be blocked and leveled.first as it is easier to lift and roll the light half and fit into place. 3. Install sill sealer insulating material. (provided) around the ceiling (to the ridge beam at the ceiling panel' fine); endwalls and floor mating line. Fasten sill sealer with staples or nails. .See Figure 5=8A. Slide the two halves together with rolling and jacking equipment. Care must be taken during rolling and jack- ing operations to avoid overstressing structural mem- bers. With the halves together at the floor, align the floors at the ends of the home. Itis better.to have a minor misalignment under the.siding where it cannot be seen and will not cause a "problem, than a small misalign- ment that,will be observed in the interior of the home. File: MH9321 Vol: 1 Sec: 4 III: 48 Page 20 foundation, join the floors using 3/8" x 3" use 4-1/2" Jags with double perimeter joist) lag screws.2 to 3 feet on center. The centerline gap at the floor should be a maximum of 3/16". Use the procedures outl,ined.on page 16 to level the home and check supports and footings with tables 2 and 3. 6. To obtain access.into the ceiling cavity to bolt or alt- ernately lag screw the ridge beam sections together, fold back the. underlayment paper and remove the 16" wide sheathing panel(s) at the peak. Note that the shin- gles may not have been installed on one or both halves, at the 16" wide area at the.peak. If one side is shingled, it is intended that the beams be. lag screwed together. If neither side is shingled, the beam may. be lag screwed . or bolted together. Bolts to be 3/8" x'4-1/2". Lag screws to be 3/8" x 5". Install lag screws or bolts at 24" o.c. with 6 additional lag screws at 3" o.c. over interior. beam supports. (if. marriage walls and ridge beam halves have been plated with .3/8" sheathing, then the bolts or lags must be increased in lenght by 3/4" to 5-3/4".) Predrill 1/4" pilot holes for the lag screws at 1-1/2" down from the to of the beam and with a maximum offset from the horizontal. of 45 degrees. A gap between beam halves'up to 1" is allowable. .Gaps larger than 1/2" must be filled with plywood or lumber shims. For.1/2" max gaps, increase fastener length 1/2". For 1" max. gaps increase fastener lennth 1-1/4" Saa Fir, R-7 P. With the home aligned at the floor and supported by its y NOTE: (1) When beam support consists of a column instead of Centerline bearing wall, use 6 boits/lags at 3" o.c. each side.of column. '(2) Beam minkked_with paint at column locations. 3- 2"J!( 24.' E 24" )iE 24" iTf ' 24" 3" 0i 24" Roof. Ridge Beam �— Endwall Hall bearing wall FIG. 5-7 7 Pri— to .;A- I..,.._ 1 -1.. -- the ridge beam ends. Should.there be a slight misalign- ment, it can be eliminated by placing a jack under the low side of main beam on one half and use the'jack to raise the beam. The alignment can be held -by properly bolting or lag screwing the beam halves together. See Fig. 5-8. 8. Place additional pier supports at the centerline at the interior column locations marked on the floor with indicator straps or paint (see Figure 5-3 and 5-4 and Table 3). Skyline Corp. provides pier location diagrams for all multi -wide models. These diagrams show the required locations of piers and are veryiuseful in' determining pier placement prior to taking receipt of home. Additional piers are required each side of exterior doors and sidewall openings greater than 4' in width. IV. uicac VAGI RJcIU ICt.lullefnents. 9. Toe -nail endwall centerline studs together using 16d nails 10" o.c. 10. If home has double -mating walls, then fasten the mating wall columns together with #8x4" screws 16" o.c. Shim any gaps at columns with plywood or lumber and increase fastener length to achieve min. penetration. See Fioure 5-7A. #8x4' wood screws at 16' o.c. Either fastener location 'shown is acceptable. If post is constructed from 2x4s or 2x6s use toe -screw tocation. (1-1/2' pens d.) line_ Interior support post as ove configurations (typ.) FIG. 5-7A Madison WI - 07 3/14/05 HUD Manufactured Home Construction a Safety Standard INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL.FEATUPES (Continued).'.,.Sec: 4 III: 48 Page 38 EXPANDING ROOMS, SLIDE -OUTS, ETC. Where optional -expanding .rooms, slide outs, tip -outs, provided for proper -installation and set-up. etc.. are provided, specific instructions and directions are INSTALLATION OF SITE INSTALLED ATTACHED STRUCTURES All site installed attached structures, including SITE. facfurer's ,installation instructions and all applicable local porches, steps, stairways and landing must be designed and codes. In particular, attached garages .generally require fire constructed to. support all of their. own dead load and all'of protection and GFI electrical circuit protection as required .by the live 'load to which it will be subjected. Attached struc- local code. tures should be constructed in accordance with the manu HINGED ROOFS AND EAVES Where optional hinged roof andlor hinged or mental installation instructions. are provided. prefabricated field installed eaves are provided, supple - CEILING (PADDLE) FANS Site provided and installed ceiling fans are to be' install -ed Sion from the trailing edge of the.fan blade to the floor must in accordance with the manufacturer's installation in- be. in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. structions. To reduce the risk of injury; the minimum dimen- TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV Careless installation of telephoneand cable television ing cables in these cavities. FAILURE TO. FOLLOW THESE lines may. be hazardous. Electrical circuits, plumbing .and INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT .IN SERIOUS PERSONAL duct work are contained in the floor and walls of the home. INJURY OR DEATH.. Avoid contact with these systems when drilling into and plac- FIREPLACE INSTALLATION Because of transportation restrictions, fireplaces require on The fireplace manufacturers installation instructions and all site installation of additional section(s) of 'approved, .listed required components for proper installation are in-cluded in chimney pipe, a spark arrestor and a rain cap assembly. each home with'a fireplace. SITE INSTALLED FIREPLACE HEARTH EXTENSION The home will be shipped with the fireplace installed. The blocking between the bottom of the fireplace and the floor shall be. removed. The carpet. where the hearth' isgoing to be placed shall be remoyed. _A bead of non-combustible fireplace mortar or gasket cement shall be run to seal the joint between hearth extension and face of the fireplace. The edge. of the hearth extension shall be placed under the fireplace surround. and centered in front of the.fireplace. the carpet tackstrip shall then be placed around the hearth to secure it: (See Fig. 6-6) Non-combustible mortar or gasket cement . Fireplace A5 I Hearth extension Flr. A_r% APPROVED PFS Corporation Madison WI - 07 V1,6105. HUD Manufactured Home Construction & Safety Standard TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 — Introduction ................................................. 4 Chapter 2 — Definitions................................................... 5 Chapter 3 — Site Preparation ZoneMaps .................................................. 6 Site Grading ............................................. 7-8 Description of Soils ..................................... 8 Chapter 4 — Foundation and Support Requirements Piers............................................................ 9 Design Requirements .................................. 9 Design Procedures ................................. 9-10 Acceptable Footings .................................. 10 Placement in freezing Climates ................ 10 Proper Sizing of Footings .......................... 10 Permanent Foundations ............................ 10 Flood -Prone Areas .................................... 10 Severe Wind Areas ................................... 10 Special Snow Load Conditions .................. 10 Important Reference Documents .............. 10 Typical Installations ................................... 11 Typical Pier Construction .......................... 12 Support Requirements ......................... 13-15 - Single Wides........................................ 13 - Double Wides................................. 14-15 Sidewall Openings .................................... 15 Pavilion Dormer Blocking ......................... 16 Footing Sizes ...................................... 16-17 Chapter 5 — Set -Up Procedures - Masonite Siding ..................................... Moving Home to Location ......................... 18 Positioning Home ...................................... 18 Leveling and Blocking .......................... 18-20 - Single Wides................................... 18-19 - Double Wides...................................... 20 Adjustable Outrigger ................................. 21 Use of Water Level ................................... 22 Double Wide Interconnection ............... 23-24 Tie Down Instructions ........................... 25-26 Over -The -Roof Straps ............................... 26 Anchor Tables Wind Zone I .................. 27-29 Anchor Tables Wind Zone II & III ......... 30-31 Anchor Tables for 102" Sidewalls .............. 32 Longitudinal Tie Down Instructions ........... 33 Tie Down Example .................................... 34 WARNING ONLY EXPERIENCED PERSONS KNOWLEDGEABLE OF MANUFACTURED HOME SET-UP PROCEDURES SHOULD SET UP THIS HOME Double Wide Exterior Closure ...............35-37 - Masonite Siding ..................................... 35 - Vinyl Lap Siding ..................................... 36 - HardiPanel & HardiPland Siding ............ 37 Installation of Shingle Roof .................... 38-39 Double Wide Utility Interconnection ....... 40-43 - Bonding .................................................. 40 - Electrical Crossover...............................40 53 - Heating Crossover ................................. 41 - Gasline Crossover.................................42 - Waterline Cross Connect ....................... 42 - Drainline Cross Connect ....................... 43 Installation of Exterior Light Fixtures ..........43 55 Venting of Skirting and Crawlspace ............ 43 Metal Roof Tightening ................................. 43 Porches & Decks ......................................... 43 Chapter 6 — Installation of Optional Features Electrical Dryer Venting ................. Gas Dryer Installation ..................... Gas Water Heater Venting ............. Grill/Range Venting ........................ Paddle Fan Installation .................. - Flush Ridge Beam .................... - Protruding Ridge Beam ............ - False Beam ............................... Air Conditioning Electrical Connect Evaporative Cooler ........................ Dealer Installed Blend Air ............... Expanding Rooms, Slide -Outs ....... Site Attached Structures ................. Garage Ready Units ....................... Hinged Roofs and Eaves ............... Ceiling Fans ................................... Telephone and Cable TV ................ Fireplace Installation ...................... Field Installed Hearth ..................... Field Installed Fireplace Chimney.. Chapter 7 — Utility System Connection and Testing ...... 44 ...... 44 ...... 44 ...... 44 .45-46 ...... 45 ...... 46 ...... 46 ...... 47 ...... 47 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 49 ...... 50 Water........................................................... 51 Drainage - Connection ................................ 51 Drainage - 1, 1-1/2, 1-3/4 & 2 Bath ............. 51 Gas......................................................... 51-52 Electrical..................................................... 53 Outside Panel Box ...................................... 53 Electrical System Test ................................. 53 Multi -Section Frame Bonding .....................54 Typical Under -Chassis (Feed Connections .................................... 54 Typical Meter Base Installation ................... 55 Meter Base & Panel w/Masthead ................ 55 Chapter 8 — Protective Window Coverings ................ 56-61 Chapter 9 — Final Inspection Final Inspection ........................................... 62 Installation Inspection Checklist..................62 NOTE: THIS MANUAL IS INTENDED TO INSTRUCT AND TO ASSIST ALREADY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL IN PROPER INSTALLATION OF SKYLINE MANUFACTURED HOMES. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO ENABLE SOME- ONE UNFAMILIAR WITH MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION TO PERFORM THE INSTALLATION. SET-UP SHOULD BE DONE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PEOPLE. WHOEVER DOES THE SET-UP SHOULD GUARAN- TEE THEIR WORK IN WRITING FOR A REASONABLE TIME AND SHOULD, IF NECESSARY, AGREE TO RELEVEL THE HOME WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER THE INITIAL SET-UP. Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO SET-UP! This Skyline home was engineered, constructed and inspected for conformance to the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards in effect on the date of manufacture. This National Standard sets forth comprehensive requirements for design construction, fire safety, plumbing, heating systems and electrical systems for manufactured homes designed to be used as dwellings. This manual contains detailed installation instructions, including specifications and procedures for erection and hookup of your manufactured home. It has been written in an objective and easy -to -understand manner so it can be understood by people without extensive technical training. It discusses the set-up of the home from preparing the site through final inspection. It includes many tables and figures giving important data for proper set-up. Careful adherence to this manual by the homeowner and installa- tion crew, and consultation with a registered professional or structural engineer in those unusual circumstances it does not cover, will assure you of a quality, safe and affordable home for many years to come. Prior to locating or relocating your home, contact the local authority having jurisdiction for installation to see if permits for such procedures as blocking, anchoring, or utility connections are required. Inspections may be required during installation. On private property, zoning or development covenants may apply and should be taken into consideration. NOTE: Preparations of the site when accomplished by others than the home installer, may not be in accordance with these instructions. THE IMPORTANCE OF CORRECT SET-UP CANNOT BE OVEREMPHASIZED. Correct set-up is absolutely essential to homeowner satisfaction. If you are not absolutely certain of the proper procedure or you encounter unusual conditions, please contact your factory service representative. THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN ARE MINI- MUM REQUIREMENTS. APPLICABLE LOCAL OR STATE LAW MAY HAVE OTHER OR GREATER REQUIREMENTS WHICH MUST BE COMPLIED WITH TO OBTAIN OR REGAIN THE RIGHT TO OCCUPY THE HOME. 4 APPROVED PFS Corporation Madison WI 01/31/05 HUD Manufactured Home Construction & Safety Standard The recommended procedures contained in this manual are intended to assist in proper installation of this home. Field experi- ence may justify alternate acceptable procedures which, when completed, result in performance at least equal to that which will result from conformance to the details and specifications herein. For example, on double wide installation you may find it advanta- geous, due to local conditions, to bolt the floors together prior to bolting roof halves together, or vice versa. Either method is acceptable as long as the bolting schedule is adhered to. NOTE: AMANUFACTURED HOME SET UPINTHE WRONG STRUCTURAL ZONE DOES NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FEDERALMANUFACTURED HOME CONSTRUCTIONAND SAFETY STANDARDS. BEFORE COMMENCING SETUP, SEE CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION, LOCATED IN THE MASTER BEDROOM CLOSET ORATTHE ELECTRICALDISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD, FOR DESIGNATION OF ZONE FOR WHICH THE HOME WAS CONSTRUCTED. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SUCH AS EXPANDO UNITS, TRIPLE WIDE UNITS, AND PERIMETER BLOCKED UNITS WILL BE COVERED IN SUPPLEMENTS TO THIS MANUAL. CONTACT YOUR FACTORY OR DEALER IF THIS HOME HAS ANY SUCH FEATURES AND YOU DO NOT HAVE THE APPLICABLE SUPPLEMENTS. WARNING: ONLY TRAINED CREWS SHOULD INSTALL THE HOME. INSTALLERS SHOULD FOLLOW THE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED IN THIS MANUAL. THIS HOME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS USE ENOUGH TEMPORARY WOOD BLOCKING TO SUPPORT THE HOME DURING SET-UP. No one should be allowed under the home unless it is securely in place, even if it is not moving. ��ttntttt�� O 10, -o '.s STATE OF •••• �.c► ��!I !D I AN.- C� ••'•,is 6/ONAyl�-- \' The technical content of the Installation Manual has been reviewed by PFS Corporation and found to be in accordance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards. Chapter 2 DEFINITIONS ANCHORING EQUIPMENT: Straps, cables, turnbuckles and chains, including tensioning devices, that are used with ties to secure a manufactured home to ground anchors. ANCHORING SYSTEM: A combination of ties, anchoring equipment, and ground anchors that will, when properly designed and installed, resist the wind's overturning the home or moving it sideways. FOOTING: That part of the support system that sits directly on the ground at, below or partly below grade to support the piers. PERIMETER SUPPORT: The portion of a support system that supports the sidewalls at the floor line. FLIER: That portion of the support system between the footing and the manufactured home, exclusive of caps and shims. Types of piers include, but are not limited to, the following: :4 1. Manufactured Steel Stands 2. Manufactured Concrete Stands, and 3. Concrete Blocks SITE, MANUFACTURED HOME: A parcel of land designed and designated for the location of one manufactured home, its accessory building or structures, and accessory equipment for exclusive use of the home's occupants. STABILIZING SYSTEM: A COMBINATION OF PROPERLY INSTALLED ANCHORING AND SUPPORT SYSTEM. STAND, MANUFACTURED HOME: That area of a manufactured home site which has been reserved for place- ment of a manufactured home. SUPPORT SYSTEM: A combination of footings, piers, caps and shims that will, when properly installed, support the manufactured home. 5 Chapter 3 SITE PREPARATION ZONE MAPS OF THE UNITED STATES WA MEn WA MT ND VT. NH MT ND vr.NH ME OR MN OR --- MN ID SD Wl NY "^A ID SD WI NY - nen WY SID ra PA Ci � WY MI � CT NV NE IA IL IN OH _ NV NE IA DE IL IN OH PA NJ UT CA COKS MO KY VA MD CA CO KS MO KY VA MD OK TN NC TN NC AZ NM AR SC AZ NM OK MS AL GA AR GA SG TX LA MS LA FL FL ZONE I e� HI p ElSOUTH 20 PSF AK -H� El ZONE 2 El MIDDLE 30 PSF ❑ ZONE 3 ROOF LOAD ZONE MAP NORTH 40 PSF ,d HEATING AND COOLING ZONE MAP WA � MT ND vr.NFl ME OR - ID SD MN WI NY mA WY MI ra NV NE IA IL IN OH PA -NJ IN WIND ZONES II AND III, UNLESS THE HOME AND UT CA CO KS Mo K, VA W� ITS ANCHORING AND FOUNDATION SYSTEM HAVE NC, BEEN DESIGNED FOR THE INCREASED REQUIR.E- TN MENTS OF EXPOSURE 'D' OF ANSI/ASCE 7-88, Mr NM OK AR sc MS AL GA SHOULD NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN 1500 FEET OF . Tx La THE COASTLINE. FL AK HI K, ❑ ZONE I ❑ ZONE II WIND ZONE MAP El ZONE III The following local governments listed by state (county/ parishes, unless noted otherwise) are located in WIND ZONE II: ALABAMA - Baldwin and Mobile FLORIDA - All counties except those identified as being within Wind Zone III. GEORGIA - Bryan, Camden, Chatham, Glynn, Liberty and McIntosh LOUISIANA - Acadia, Allen, Ascension, Assumption, Calcasieu, Cameron, East Baton Rouge, East Feliciana, Evangeline, Iberia. Iberville, Jefferson Davis, LaFayette, Livingston, Pointe Coupee, St. Helena, St. James, St. John the Baptist, St. Landry, St. Martin, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, Vermillion, Washington, West Baton Rouge and West Feliciana. MAINE - Hancock and Washington MASSACHUSETTS - Barnstable, Bristol, Dukes, Nantucket and Plymouth MISSISSIPPI - George, Hancock, Harrison, Jackson, Pearl River and Stone NORTH CAROLINA - Beaufort, Brunswick, Camden, Chowan, Columbus, Craven, Currituck, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, Pasquotank, Pender, Perquimans, Tyrrell and Washington SOUTH CAROLINA - Beaufort, Berkeley, Charleston, Colleton, Dorchester, Georgetown, Horry, Jasper and Williamsburg. 6 WIND ZONE II (continued): TEXAS -Arkansas, Brazoria, Calhoun, Cameron, Chambers, Galveston, Jefferson, Kenedy, Kleberg, Matagorda, Nueces, Orange, Refugio, San Patricio and Willacy VIRGINIA (The cities of)- Chesapeake, Norfolk, Portsmouth, Princess Anne and Virginia Beach The following local governments listed by state (county/ parishes, unless noted otherwise) are located in WIND ZONE III: FLORIDA - Broward, Charlotte, Collier, Dade, Franklin, Gulf, Hendry, Lee, Martin, Manatee, Monroe, Palm Beach, Pinellas and Sarasota LOUISIANA - Jefferson, La Fourche, Orleans, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, St. Charles, St. Mary and Terrebonne NORTH CAROLINA - Carteret, Hyde and Dare. The following states and territories are within WIND ZONE III: State of HAWAII ALASKA - Costal regions between the 90 mph isotach on ASCE 7-88 wind map and the coast. U.S. TERRITORIES - American Samoa, Northern Mariana Islands, Trust Territory of Pacific Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands. SITE PREPARATION (Continued) SITE PREPARATION The importance of site preparation for a problem -free installa- tion cannot be overstated. All vegetation must be removed from under the home site. The site must be properly graded and sloped to provide for storm drainage runoff. In particular, the area under the home must be graded to prevent water accumu- lation. Skyline Corp. recommends the home site slope 10 feet in all directions away from the home. If the home is sited on sloping terrain or a hillside, the soil must be graded on all sides to channel storm runoff around the home and not under it. If the home is set in a pit, it is extremely important to provide water drainage from under and around the home. WARNING: THE AREA UNDER AND AROUND THE HOME MUST BE SLOPED TO PREVENT WATER ACCUMULATION. EXCESSIVE MOISTURE UNDER THE HOME CAN CAUSE UNNECESSARY DETERIORATION, AND CAUSE CONDEW SATION PROBLEMS, WHICH COULD AFFECT THE HOME'S WARRANTY. IT COULD ALSO AFFECT THE STABILITY OF THE FOOTINGS AND PIERS WHICH SUPPORT THE HOME. If the home is to be perimeter skirted or "pit -set," ventilation of the under -floor area is required to minimize the effect of mois- ture under the home. Ventilation openings must be provided in the under -floor enclosure or skirting on at least three (3) sides (preferable on all sides) with a net area of at least one square foot per 150 square feet of floor area. The required ventilators are to be approximately equally spaced around the perimeter of the home with a ventilation opening within three (3) feet of each outside corner. Proper support of the manufactured home must allow for soil conditions in the immediate area. Pier footings must be placed on.firm undisturbed soil (not loose fill) or soil which has been compacted to at least 90 percent of its maximum relative density. Support piers may also be placed directly on concrete slabs designed for manufac- tured home placement as found in manufactured home communities. After completion of grading and filling (if necessary), the bearing capacity of the soil at the depth of the foot- ings should be determined. A pocket penetrometer (available from engineering supply houses) or other method acceptable to local jurisdictions may be used. If the soil cannot be tested but can be identified, use the foundation bearing pressures shown in Figure 3-1 as a guide. If the soil cannot be identified, use the lowest value, 1,000 PSF. Under unusual conditions, or if the soil appears to be peat or uncompacted soil, consult a local geologist or professional engineer for aid. CAUTION EXCESSIVE WATER IN THE SOIL UNDER THE HOME WILL CAUSE UNNECESSARY DETERIORATION OF THE HOME AND AFFECT THE COMFORT LEVEL IN THE HOME. CONTINUOUS STANDING WATER UNDER THE HOME CAN CAUSE CONDENSATION PROBLEMS AND AFFECT THE HOME'S WARRANTY. PREVENTION OF WATER BENEATH THE HOME SINGLE SECTIONAL DO CROWN AND GRADE SITE TO DON'T GRADE SLOPE AWAY SITE SO THAT FROM HOME WATER COLLECTS BENEATH THE HOME TRIPLE SECTIONAL so -Xii-s-Im ��:11:-11:�11=IL=.11=11=11=11=11-11=11=11=11.=�i=..-_ n-11-11 • • ,=,.1=11.-11=11.-11.-11.=11.=11.=II.,SII.II.�II.II.�.Il.mll.=,.Ilr.11.-11.-11.-11=11.,;11.- • ;11:=11=11.-11. �i=-.......... Ir.11.,�11-11.-11=11.-111.-11-11.-11-11'-11.=11.=11.=11� Il.mll=.11.-11.=11.=11.-11.=1 SITE PREPARATION (Continued) GROUND BARRIER There is a strong tendency for ground moisture to be drawn into the home, greatly complicating efforts to control humidity and condensation. A ground moisture -vapor retarder of 6 mil. rated polyethylene plastic, vinyl or similar material laid on the ground surface under the home is recommended to assist in controlling the humidity in the home. General Description of Soils Allowable Pressure Soil Type (Pounds Per Square Foot) Based on the Unified Classification System No allowances made for overburden pressure, embedment, depth, water table height, or settlement problems. Rock or Hard Pan 4,000 and up Sandy Gravel and Gravel 2,000 Sand, Silty Sand, Clayey Sand 1,500 Silty Gravel, or Clayey Gravel Clay, Sandy Clay, 1,000 Silty Clay, or Clayey Silt Uncompacted Fill Special Analysis is Required Peat or Organic Clays Special Analysis is Required NOTE: To be used only when none of the following is available: a. Soils investigation and analysis of the site. b. Compliance with the local building code. c. Competent opinion by a local engineer or building official. d. If the soil bearing capacity is less than 1,000 PSF, consult a professional engineer for foundation system requirements. FIG. 3-1 8 CHAPTER 4 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS NOTE: This chapter covers only foundations. Page 11 summarizes the usual types. Set-up procedures and methods for securing the home to its foundation are discussed in Chapter 5. A home that is certified for a higher roof load zone than the area that it is installed, may be set on a foundation system that is designed for the roof load zone for that area of the country. For example, a home that is certified to withstand a 30 PSF roof load is installed in a 20 PSF roof load zone area. The support under the home need only be designed for the 20 PSF roof load, in accordance with the requirements set forth in this manual. PIERS Importance. Incorrect size, location or spacing of piers may cause serious structural damage to the home. It is important to install piers around the perimeter if required for the home. Failure to do so may lead to sagging floors, walls and roofs. Acceptable Types. Piers may be concrete blocks or pressure treated wood, capped and shimmed with wedges, or adjust- able manufactured metal or concrete devices (see Figure 4-2). Manufactured piers should be listed and labeled for the required load capacity. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Load -Bearing Capacity. The load that each pier must carry depends on factors such as the dimensions of the home, the roof live load, the spacing of the piers, and the way they are used to support the home. Center beam/marriage wall block- ing is required for multisection homes. See tables 1 and 2 for pier capacities. Manufactured piers must be rated to at least these capacities, and locally con- structed piers must be designed to transmit these loads safely Configuration. Figure 4-2 shows the recommended arrange- ment of concrete piers constructed on-site. Concrete blocks should have nominal dimensions of at least 8" x 16". They must be stacked with their hollow cells aligned vertically. When piers are constructed of blocks stacked side-by-side, every layer should be at right angles to the previous one (See Figure 4-2). Cap hollow block piers as shown in Figure 4-2 to distribute the structural load evenly across them. Caps may be of solid masonry or hard wood, and of the same length and width as the piers they rest upon. Avoid plywood, as it may lead to unwanted settling or movement. Use 4" x 6" hardwood shims (wedges to level the home and fill any gaps between the base of the I-beam and the top of the pier cap. Always use shims in pairs (See Figure 4-2). Drive them in tightly so they do not occupy more than 1" of vertical space. When the space to be shimmed is less than the minimum thickness of available caps or concrete blocks, dimension lumber may be used under the caps. Select manufactured pier heights so that their adjustable risers do not extend more than recommended by the manu- facturer when finally positioned. All piers must rest on footings that either extend below the frost line or are otherwise protected from frost ef- fects, and are placed on either undisturbed soil or com- pacted fill. DESIGN PROCEDURES Piers Less Than 36" High. Construct piers less than 36" high out of single, open or closed -cell concrete blocks, 8" x 8" x 16". Install them so that the long side is at right angles to the supported I-beam (See Figure 4-2). Position open cells vertically upon the footers. (See Figure 4-1). Horizontal offsets should not exceed 1/2" top to bottom. Mortar is not normally required. Manufactured piers should be listed and labeled. Do not extend their adjusting studs beyond the limits specified by the manufacturer. Piers 36" to 80" High. Construct all piers between 36" and 80" high, and all corner piers over three (3) blocks high, out of double, interlocked concrete blocks (See Figure 4-2). Mortar will not normally be required. Piers Over 80" High. Where permitted by local codes, lay them in concrete mortar with steel reinforcing bars inserted in the block cells and fill the cells with concrete. Where such construction is not permitted by local codes, have piers over 80" high designed by a registered professional or structural engineer. Location and Spacing. The location and spacing of piers depend upon the dimensions and weight of the home, the roof load zone, size, and type of construction of the footings. Other factors such as the location of'doors or other open- ings and heavy pieces of furniture are also important. In general locate piers no more than 2' from either end, and not over 10' o.c. Single -Section Homes. Figure 5-2 shows the recommended locations and spacing of piers for single -section homes. Multi -Section Homes. Figure 5-3 shows the recommended location and spacing of piers for multi -section homes. Under Doors and Heavy Furniture. Place additional piers on both sides of exterior doors, side-wall openings wider than 4' (such as sliding glass doors), at Pavilion dormers, under porch posts, wood stoves, and under the expected locations of heavy pieces of furniture such as pianos, organs, waterbeds, etc. 9 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) DESIGN PROCEDURES (Continued) Footings. Support every pier with a properly designed footing, as follows. ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF FOOTINGS. Concrete. Footings may consist of precast or poured -in-place concrete, pads, slabs, or ribbons with a 28 -day compressive strength at 3,000 psi. Pressure -Treated Permanent Wood. Two layers of 2" thick pressure -treated wood planks, with the long dimension of the second layer placed perpendicular to that of the first, fastened with cut edges painted or retreated, may also be used. Other Materials. You may also use other materials approved for this use by local authorities if they provide equal loadbearing capacity and resistance to decay. PLACEMENT IN FREEZING CLIMATES. Conventional Footings. For frost -susceptible soils, to pre- clude the harmful effects of ground frost heave, footings should usually be placed below the frost line. Consult local authorities to determine frost penetration. In the absence of a local code, use the frost penetration map as a guide. Existing manufactured home communities may be located on frost -susceptible soils in which homes historically have been installed on piers or slabs located above the frost line. For these communities, if there is a history of these homes not experienc- ing any deleterious effects from frost -heave and the homes are setup, supported and skirted as described herein, then footing are not required to extend below the frost line. Floating Slab System. When properly engineered by a registered professional engineer, compatible with the anchorage requirements of Chapter 5, and acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction, a "floating slab system" may be used above the frost line. Insulated Foundations. Footings may also be placed above the frost line when the home is provided with a perimeter foundation or skirting having insulation properties sufficient to prevent freezing of the soil under or adjacent to every load- bearing component of the foundation and acceptable for this purpose by the local authority having jurisdiction. Useful design guidelines may be found in references at the end of this chapter. Insulation systems should be compatible with the requirement to cross ventilate the entire space under the home. Proper Sizing of Footings. Proper sizing of footings depends upon the load -carrying capacity of both the piers and the soil. See Table 4 for recommended footing sizes. See Table 4B for minimum required concrete footing thickness. Footing size in no case shall be less than 144 sq. in. or smaller than the pier it supports. Permanent Foundations. Check local building codes and regulations and consult a registered professional or structural 10 engineer when you are setting your home on a permanent founda- tion (such as a full basement, crawl space or load-bearing perimeter foundation). A permanent foundation design, which meets most local codes, may be available from Skyline Corpora- tion. Please contact the Skyline division which manufactured the home or Skyline's National Director of Consumer Relations. Flood -Prone Areas. Skyline Corporation does not recommend locating homes in river or coastal flood -prone areas. Special elevation and anchoring techniques are required when locating in a flood -prone area. Consult a registered professional or structural engineer to make sure that the home design and construction conform to applicable federal, state and local codes and regulations. The FEMA publication listed below contains design and construction recommendations. Severe Wind Areas. Special foundation and anchoring tech- niques are required when locating in a severe wind area. Consult a registered professional or structural engineer. The HUD founda- tions design guide referenced herein contains recommendations for designing foundations and anchoring systems. Do not place your home in a wind zone more severe than the one indicated on the data plate located by your home's main electrical panel. Special Snow Load Conditions. Homes designed for and located in heavy snowfall areas or subject to other extreme loading conditions may require special piers or footings. See tables and/or special manufacturer's instructions provided with your home. IMPORTANT REFERENCE DOCUMENTS • Foundation plans available from manufacturer. • ANSI/NCSBCSA225.1-1987, "Manufactured Home Installations," NCSBCS, 505 Huntmar Park Drive, Herndon, VA 22070, (703)437-0100. • ASCE 7-88, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures," ASCE, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017-2398. • FEMA 85, "Manufactured Home Installation in Flood Hazard Areas," FEMA, Washington, DC 20472, (202)646-2708, September, 1985. • HUD Handbook 4930.3 (1989), "Permanent Foundations Guide for Manufactured Housing," HUD, 415 7th Street, S.W., Washington, CD 20410. • "All Weather Wood Foundation Systems Manual," National Forest Products Association, 1619 Massachusetts Ave., N.W., Washington, DC 20036, June, 1976. • "Design Guide for Frost -Protected Shallow Foundations," Prepared for U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Develop ment by" NAHB, Upper Marlboro, MD, June, 1994, Instrument No. DU100K000005897. • "Building Foundation Design Guidebook," Document No. DE 88013350, National Technical Information Service, 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161. FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATIONS SINGLE OR MULTI -SECTION HOMES TYPES OF FOUNDATION SYSTEM - MAIN COMPONENTS(*) 1. Piers -Ground Anchors. Home rests on piers of concrete block, formed -in-place concrete, permanent wood or steel pedestals on permanent wood, crushed stone or concrete footers. Ground anchors in soil angled to resist straps or embedded in concrete deadmen in soil. Straps tied to the frame, with or without over -the -top straps. 2. Concrete Slab or Continuous Footing. Home rests on a concrete slab or ribbons of concrete. Straps tied between frame and perimeter footers or concrete slab. Skyline Corp. recommends installing earth anchors prior to pouring concrete slab. Concrete slab should be sloped to prevent water accumulation under home. 3. Pile/Post System. Home rests on piles/posts placed sufficiently deep in the ground to resist all wind, snow, frost heave and earthquake forces. Straps fasten home to the piles/posts or caps placed thereon. 4. Concrete or Concrete Block Load -Bearing Perimeter Walls (Basement or Crawl Space). Home rests on exterior load- bearing walls which sit on concrete footings' weight to resist all external forces. The floor connection to foundation resists external forces. *For Skyline multi -section homes, the mating walls are supported by piers or support walls with straps and ground anchors, providing resistance to downward and uplift forces. TYPICAL FOOTING PADS FIG. 4-1 11 I ` � \ 16" SINGLE PAD FOOTING ;.>�` W1, SINGLE PAD FOOTING 24" ' '-,,11 1/4" a DOUBLE PAD s FOOTING R<T>� F< Y DOUBLE PAD a TRIPLE PAD FOOTING Y J F<T l I �� .J DOUBLE PAD FOOTING "' FOOTING �T` ` TWO DOUBLE PAD FOOTING Y iT� �� LOAD DISTRIBUTING PAD FOR SUPPORT ` LOAD DISTRIBUTING PAD TWO DOUBLE PAD FOOTING TRIPLE PAD FOOTING FOR SUPPORT (24" X 24" X 4") QUAD PAD FOOTING 16"x16"x4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS 8"x16"x4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS 2"x12"x24" WOOD PAD FOOTINGS 11 lF-W' FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) F- TYPICAL PIER CONSTRUCTION I -Beam frame Gap between top of pier and main frame may be hardwood plate (not exceeding 2" in thickness) /and shims (not exceeding 1" in thickness). Shims shall be at least 4" wide and 6" long, fitted and driven tight between wood plate or pier and main frame. 2" or 4" solid concrete block may fill remainder of gap. �� Cap — Wood or concrete, 2" x 8" x 16" installed with 16" dimension perpendicular to the I-beam frame. Single open or closed cell concrete blocks 8" x 8" x 16" (open cells dplaced vertically upon footer) installed with 16" dimension perpen- icular to the I-beam frame. Footing - Solid concrete or other product approved for the purpose. Size according to Table 4. i Ground Level Footing below frost line when subject to frost heaving. SINGLE BLOCK PIER - 8000 LBS. MAXIMUM CAPACITY. PIER CAPACITY MUST BE EQUAL TO OR MORE THAN REQUIRED FOOTER CAPACITY_ Cap - Solid concrete block or equivalent. Double Interlocked Blocks, Max. Height is 80". :oncrete grouting Steel reinforcing bars For piers exceeding 80 inches in height the concrete blocks should be filled with concrete grouting and steel reinforcing rods should be used. DOUBLE BLOCK PIER - 14000 LBS. MAXIMUM CAPACITY. PIER CAPACITY MUST BE EQUAL TO OR MORE THAN REQUIRED FOOTER CAPACITY. Footings placed on firm undisturbed soil or in controlled fill free of grass and organic materials compacted to a minimum load bearing capacity of 1000 PSF. Fi AVERAGE DEPTH OF FROST PENETRATION — IN INCHES SOURCE: U.S. Dept. of Commerce Weather Bureau 12 FIG. 4-2 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS The design loads and minimum footing sizes used in the The support requirements for homes designed for 60 PSF and selection of the support structure are set forth in Table 4. higher roof load (and those specifically indicated middle and The loads and footing sizes are the minimum values to be north zone homes) are found in the supplement accompanying used for the support structure and are based on the this manual entitled "Manufactured Home Installation for Perim - indicated roof live load and a floor live load of 40 PSF. eter Blocking." r All load bearing supports and footings may be subject to Contact the Skyline division that built the home for more approval by the local Enforcement Agency. information concerning perimeter blocking. TABLE 1 PIER -LOADING UNDER MAIN I -BEAMS SINGLE -WIDE HOMES NOTES: 12' WIDE HOMES 14' WIDE HOMES 16' WIDE HOMES Pier Spacing Under Main I -Beams (Ft.) Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load Pier Load (Lbs) (Lbs) 30 PSF 40 PSF Roof Roof Zone. Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load Pier Load (Lbs) (Lbs) 30 PSF 40 PSF Roof Roof Zone Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone 4 2130 2420 2560 2410 2740 2940 2700 3060 3320 5 2660 3020 3190 3020 3420 3670 3370 3830 4150 6 3190 3620 3830 3620 4110 4410 4050 4590 4980 7 3720 4230 4470 4220 4790 5140 4720 5360 5810 8 4250 4830 5110 4820 5480 5880 5400 6120 6640 4780 5440 5750 5430 6160 6610 6070 6890 7470 10 5320 6040 6380 6030 6850 7340 6750 7650 8300 Wt. Per Foot See Note 4 532 604 638 603 685 734 675 765 830 NOTES: 1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and pier loads are minimums required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports of 144 square inches. 2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet. 3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent support may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were 6'-0" and 8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0". ````%litttfll 6 _101, 8,_0 CERT ' < ' < I I _ # 097x03 A. �l S�AT� 90 ��'fX/ 0NA�t����� Pier Pier B Pier C The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore, pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing. 4. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier. 13 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) TABLE 2 PIER LOADING UNDER MAIN I -BEAMS DOUBLE -WIDE HOMES NOTES: 1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and pier loads are minimum required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports of 144 square inches. 2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet. 3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent support may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were 6'-0" and 8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0". I < 6-0 > 1'4 8-0 _ I Pier A Pier B Pier C -4•Zi •97 The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore, pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing. 4. Concentrated loads at marriage line (see Table 3). 5. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier. 14 20' WIDE HOMES 24' WIDE HOMES 26'& 28' WIDE HOMES 32' WIDE HOMES Pier Spacing Under Main I -Beams (Ft.) Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load Pier Load (Lbs) (Lbs) 20 PSF 30 PSF Roof Roof Zone Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone 4 1810 2060 2170 2100 2390 2560 2360 2630 2940 2680 3000 3320 5 2270 2580 2710 2630 2980 3190 2950 3350 3670 3350 3750 4150 6 2720 3100 3260 3150 3580 3830 3540 4020 4410 4020 4500 4980 7 3170 3610 3800 3680 4180 4470 4130 4690 5140 4690 5250 5810 8 3630 4130 4340 4200 4770 5110 4720 5360 5880 5360 6000 6640 9 4080 4640 4880 _ 4730 5370 5750 5310 6030 6610 6030 6750 7470 10 4540 5160 5420 5250 5970 6380 5900 6700 7340 6700 7500 8300 Wt. Per Foot See Note 5 454 516 542 525 597 ' 638 590 670 734 670 750 830 NOTES: 1. See Table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. The footing sizes and pier loads are minimum required for the applicable conditions. The footing shall not be smaller than the pier it supports of 144 square inches. 2. The maximum spacing of supports is not to exceed 10 feet. 3. Where it is impractical to maintain spacing, such as in the axle area, the average of the distance to each adjacent support may be used to determine support requirements. For example: if the distances to the adjacent supports were 6'-0" and 8'-0", the average spacing would be 7'-0". I < 6-0 > 1'4 8-0 _ I Pier A Pier B Pier C -4•Zi •97 The average spacing for pier B would be (6 + 8) / 2 = 7 ft., therefore, pier B would be designed for 7 ft. pier spacing. 4. Concentrated loads at marriage line (see Table 3). 5. The last line in the above Table is the weight per foot each main I-beam is carrying. Multiply this number by the span a pier is carrying to determine the required capacity of that pier. 14 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS' (Continued) TABLE 3 PIER LOADING UNDER CENTERLINE BEAMS DOUBLE—WIDE HOMES NOTES: 1) Where a column is located between two openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required pier load. 2) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. 3) The concentrated load consist of roof load only. 4) Pier locations at the marriage wall are marked with paint or metal indicator straps. 5) Piers used side by side to obtain the required load are permissible. PIER LOADING AND INSTALLATION UNDER SIDEWALL DOORS AND WINDOWS .Unit sidewall Typical door or window 4. opening - Width varies + "' - see table below. A f ►. Floor joists--1� j t + 1 4x4 block, 4" longer % Typical Pier 4 y7-7 than joist spacing. Installed such that it • A''�' . See note 6". spans joists on either side of door jamb. Pier installed when Pier installed when joist is not under joist is under SECTION'A-A' door jamb. door jamb. TABLE 3A sidewall Floor joists Typical Pier 20' WIDE HOMES 78.5" MAX. OPENING 24' WIDE HOMES 26'& 28' WIDE HOMES Nominal Unit Width (Ft.) 32' WIDE HOMES Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Span Between Columns (Ft.) See note I Pier Load Pier Load (Lbs) (Lbs) 20 PSF 30 PSF Roof Roof Zone Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load Pier Load (Lbs) (Lbs) 20 PSF 30 PSF Roof Roof Zone Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone 6 900 1200 1500 1080 1440 1800 1260 1680 2100 1350 1800 2250 10 1500 2000 2500 1800 2400 3000 2100 2800 3500 2250 3000 3750 12 1800 2400 3000 2160 2880 3600 2520 3360 4200 2700 3600 4500 14 2100 2800 3500 2520 3360 4320 2940 3920 4900 3150 4200 5250 16 2400 3200 4000 2880 3840 4800 3360 4480 5600 1 3600 1 4800 6000 18 2700 3600 4500 3240 4320 5400 3780 1 5040 1 6300 1 4050 5400 6750 20 3000 4000 5000 1 3600 4800 6000 4200 1 5600 7000 1 4500 1 6000 7500 24 3600 4800 6000 4320 5760 7200 5040 1 6720 1 8400 1 5400 1 7200 1 9000 NOTES: 1) Where a column is located between two openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required pier load. 2) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. 3) The concentrated load consist of roof load only. 4) Pier locations at the marriage wall are marked with paint or metal indicator straps. 5) Piers used side by side to obtain the required load are permissible. PIER LOADING AND INSTALLATION UNDER SIDEWALL DOORS AND WINDOWS .Unit sidewall Typical door or window 4. opening - Width varies + "' - see table below. A f ►. Floor joists--1� j t + 1 4x4 block, 4" longer % Typical Pier 4 y7-7 than joist spacing. Installed such that it • A''�' . See note 6". spans joists on either side of door jamb. Pier installed when Pier installed when joist is not under joist is under SECTION'A-A' door jamb. door jamb. TABLE 3A sidewall Floor joists Typical Pier NOTES: 1) Piers are required at all entry doors and window openings greater than four feet. 2) Piers are also required at bay windows where the sidewall opening is greater than four feet. 3) Piers are not required at door and window openings located along endwalls. 4) Piers are not required at some door and window locations if the floor has been reinforced at the factory. Contact the division that built your home to determine if this is applicable to your home. 5) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. 6) Maximum pier setback is 6". If pier load (from table 3A) is 1240 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 12', 14', 20', 24', 26', or 28', then setback may be 10" max. If pier load (from table 3A) is 1930 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 16', 18', or 32', then setback may be 10" max. 7) For piers between multiple openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required load. 15 48" OPENING 78.5" MAX. OPENING 108" MAX. OPENING 121" MAX. OPENING Nominal Unit Width (Ft.) Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 20 PSF Roof Zone Pier -Load (Lbs) 30 PSF Roof Zone Pier Load (Lbs) 40 PSF Roof Zone 12 500 640 790 810 1050 1280 1110 1440 1760 1250 1610 1980 14 550 710 870 890 1160 1430 1230 1600 1960 1370 1780 2200 16 600 780 960 980 1270 1570 1340 1750 2260 1500 1960 2420 18 650 840 1040 1050 1380 1700 1450 1890 2340 1620 2120 - 2620 20 440 570 690 720 920 1130 990 1270 1550 1100 1420 1730 24E540 00 640 790 810 1050 1280 1110 1440 1760 1250 1610 1980 2620 680 830 860 1110 1360 1180 1520 1870 1320 1710 2100 28 700 860 880 1 1 1140 1400 1 1210 1570 1930 1350 1750 2160 3290 760 940 950 1240 1530 1310 1710 2110 1470 1 1910 2360 NOTES: 1) Piers are required at all entry doors and window openings greater than four feet. 2) Piers are also required at bay windows where the sidewall opening is greater than four feet. 3) Piers are not required at door and window openings located along endwalls. 4) Piers are not required at some door and window locations if the floor has been reinforced at the factory. Contact the division that built your home to determine if this is applicable to your home. 5) See table 4 for minimum footing sizes based on pier loads and allowable soil bearing capacities. 6) Maximum pier setback is 6". If pier load (from table 3A) is 1240 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 12', 14', 20', 24', 26', or 28', then setback may be 10" max. If pier load (from table 3A) is 1930 lbs. or less, and nominal unit width is 16', 18', or 32', then setback may be 10" max. 7) For piers between multiple openings, sum the loads for each opening to obtain the required load. 15 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) PAVILION DORMER BLOCKING 16 NOTES: 1) All units that have a Pavilion dormer require additional perimeter blocking. 2) Install piers under door/window openings and at each end of Pavilion wall. Install piers 4'-0" o.c. max between end of pavilion wall and door/window opening. 3) See table 3Afor required pier capacities under windows or doors. 4) Piers located at each end of wall and spaced 4'-0" o.c. shall support 1300lbs. min. 5) For roof loads in excess of 40 PSF, install piers per the "Manufactured Home Installation for Perimeter Blocking" supplement. TABLE 4 FOOTING SIZES FOOTING CAPACITY AT VARIOUS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING FOOTING SIZES (IN x IN) OR EQUAL AREAS (SQ. IN.) S ZE 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2000 PSF 3000 PSF ALLOWABLE 16'x16" SOIL BEARING VALUE 2665 3555 5335 7110 10665 T Pier required at locations marked with an arrow. 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2000 PSF 3000 PSF 4000 PSF 6000 16 NOTES: 1) All units that have a Pavilion dormer require additional perimeter blocking. 2) Install piers under door/window openings and at each end of Pavilion wall. Install piers 4'-0" o.c. max between end of pavilion wall and door/window opening. 3) See table 3Afor required pier capacities under windows or doors. 4) Piers located at each end of wall and spaced 4'-0" o.c. shall support 1300lbs. min. 5) For roof loads in excess of 40 PSF, install piers per the "Manufactured Home Installation for Perimeter Blocking" supplement. TABLE 4 FOOTING SIZES TABLE 4A COMMON FOOTING SIZES AND CAPACITIES FOOTING FOOTING CAPACITY AT VARIOUS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING FOOTING SIZES (IN x IN) OR EQUAL AREAS (SQ. IN.) S ZE 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2000 PSF 3000 PSF ALLOWABLE 16'x16" SOIL BEARING VALUE 2665 3555 5335 7110 10665 REWIRED 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2000 PSF 3000 PSF 4000 PSF 6000 PSF PIER LVAD REQUIRED TYPICAL REQUIRED TYPICAL REQUIRED TYPICAL REQUIRED TYPICAL REQUIRED TYPICAL REQUIRED TYPICAL CAPACITY AREA SIZES AREA SIZES AREA SIZES AREA SIZES AREA SIZES AREA SIZES (POUNDS) (SQ. IN) (IN.AN.) (SQ. IN) (IN.xlN.) (SQ. IN) (IN.AN.) (SQ. IN) (IN.xlN.) (SQ. IN) (IN.xlN.) (SQ. IN) (IN.xIN.) 1500 216 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 2000 288 16x20 192 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 2500 360 18x20 240 12x20 180 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 3000 432 20x22 288 16x20 216 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 3500 504 22x24 336 18x20 252 14x20 168 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 4000 576 24x24 384 20x20 288 16x20 192 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 4500 648 26x26 432 20x22 324 18x20 216 12x20 144 12x20 144 12x20 5000 720 26x28 480 22x22 360 18x20 240 12x20 162 12x20 144 12x20 5500 792 28x30 528 22x24 396 20x20 264 14x20 180 12x20 144 12x20 6000 864 30x30 576 24x24 432 20x22 288 16x20 198 12x20 144 12x20 6500 936 30x32 624 24x26 468 22x22 312 16x20 216 12x20 156 12x20 7000 1008 32x32 672 26x26 504 22x24 336 18x20 234 12x20 168 12x20 7500 1080 32x34 720 26x28 540 2424 360 18x20 252 14x20 180 12x20 8000 1152 34x34 768 28x28 576 2424 384 20x20 270 14x20 192 12x20 8500 1224 34x36 816 28x30 612 24x26 408 20x22 288 16x20 204 12x20 9000 1296 36x36 864 30x30 648 26x26 432 20x22 306 16x20 216 12x20 9500 1368 36x38 912 30x32 684 26x28 456 22x22 324 18x20 228 12x20 10000 1 1440 38x38 960 30x32 1 720 26x28 1 480 22x22 1 360 18x20 1 240 12x20 TABLE 4A COMMON FOOTING SIZES AND CAPACITIES FOOTING FOOTING CAPACITY AT VARIOUS ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING VALUES (Pounds) S ZE 1000 PSF 1500 PSF 2000 PSF 3000 PSF 4000 PSF 6000 PSF 16'x16" 1780 2665 3555 5335 7110 10665 18'x18" 2250 3375 4500 6750 9000 13500 24"x24" 4000 6000 8000 12000 16000 24000 16'x32" 3555 5335 7110 10665 14220 21335 32'x32" 7110 10665 14220 21335 — — 12"Round 785 1180 1570 2355 3140 4712 16" Round 1395 2095 2790 4190 5585 8375 18" Round 1765 2650 3535 5300 7070 10600 24" Round 3140 4710 6280 9425 12565 18850 36" Round 1 7070 1 10600 14135 1 21205 — — TABLE 4B MAXIMUM -FOOTING SIZE PER FOOTING THICKNESS Note: 1. Concrete blocks are 8"x16" minimum. 2. Steel piers have 12" square base minimum. 3. Double steel pier may not be used on this footing. 17 PIER Minimum Footing Thickness DESCRIPTION 4" .6" 8" 12" Single Concrete 30"x30" square 40"x40" square 0Block 36" round U aDouble Concrete 38"x38" square 48"x48" square v X Block 44" round cSingle or Double 34"x34" square 45"x45" square C) Steel Pier 40" round C) CO Quad steel Pier 46"x46" square — Single Concrete 22"x22" square 30"x30" square 38"x38" square b a u)U Block 28" round 38" round 48" round CL DoubleConcrete WNW' square 38"x38" square 46"x46" square LL U Block 36" round 46" round CM Single or Double 26"x26" square 34"x34" square 42"x42" square CD Steel Pier 32" round 42" round om CDM cN Quad steel Pier 38"x38" square 46"x46" square 44" round — Single Concrete 20"x20" square 26"x26" square 32"x32" square 46"x46" square 0Block 24" round 32" round 40" round am Double Concrete 28"x28" square 34"x34" square 40"x40" square U Block 32" round 40" round 48" round M.0) Single or Double 24"x24" square 30"x30" square WNW" square C) Steel Pier 28" round 36" round 44" round M00 Quad steel Pier 36"x36" square 42"x42" square 48"x48" square 40' round 48" round Single Concrete 16"x16" square 20"x20" square 26"x26" square 34"x34" square 0 Block 20" round 24" round 30" round 42" round X m Double Concrete 24"x24" square 28"x28" square 34"x34" square 42"x42" square Block 28" round 34" round 40" round Urn Single or Double 20"x20" square 24"x24" square 30"x30" square 39"x39" square a- Steel Pier 24" round 30" round 34" round 46" round oM CD om Quad steel Pier 32"x32" square 36"x36" square 42"x42" square 48"x48" square cfl 36" round 42" round 48" round Note: 1. Concrete blocks are 8"x16" minimum. 2. Steel piers have 12" square base minimum. 3. Double steel pier may not be used on this footing. 17 CHAPTER 5 SET-UP PROCEDURES WARNING: WHEN SETTING UP THIS HOME, THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS REGARDING JACKING MUST BE FOLLOWED. Moving Home To Location: Make sure the following items are completed before placing the home: • The site is properly prepared. See Chapter 3. • All concrete work necessary to setting the home is finished • Utilities are installed or available. • Any trenching, for crossover drain lines or for wheels that will be left in place, is complete. • Items that could be difficult to install after the home is sited (such as anchors and ground moisture retarders) are in their proper locations. CAUTION: THE HOME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS. USE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY SUPPORT BLOCKING TO SAFEGUARD WORKERS. SKYLINE CORP. RECOM- MENDS WOOD BLOCKING. Positioning Home. When not placing the home on a concrete slab or poured -in-place footings, mark the corners of the home and lay out footings and support devices close to where they will be used. Then move the home or first section into position. Leveling and Blocking — Single -Wide Homes. 1. Before doing any jacking, place support piers for the home in the location under the home as specified in the home installation instructions. 2. Use a minimum of two jacks, each with a rating of at least ten tons. 3. Jack only on the main chassis I-beam. Locate the jack directly under the vertical web of the I-beam. Do not jack on the seam (joint between flanges) of a twin I-beam. 4. Use a large 3/8 inch thick steel plate, C -channel or other equivalent plate between the main chassis I-beam and the jack head to distribute the load. 5. The jack base and any blocking must be located on firm ground. 6. Do not operate the jacks while you are under the main (- beams of the home. 7. Use jacks only for raising the home. Do not rely on the jacks to support the home. 18 8. Place 4" x 6" x 48" min. safety timbers between the (- beams and ground in case of jack failure. Timber should be hardwood. 9. Raise the home in small increments and provide additional blocking between the home and the piers and safety piers as the home is raised. 10. Do not go under the home while it is supported on the jacks unless safety timbers capable of supporting the home are in place. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE WARNINGS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. Reminders before jacking... 1. Use only jacks in good condition with a minimum rating of 10 tons. 2. Use a minute man C -Channel jacking plate or equivalent between jack and steel I-beam to distribute the concentrated loads. (See Figure 5-1) 3. Use a firm support under the jack base to prevent tipping or settling of the jack. Skyline recommends a 12" x 12" or larger pad. 4. Always follow the sequence of jacking outlined below to avoid overstressing structural members. T -BEAM C -CHANNEL 8" LONG 10 TON JACK ®®®®®®®®®®®® ®®®mom ®a FIG. 5-1 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) The jacking procedure is as follows: 1. After the home is located in its final position, you can preliminarily level it by using the hitch jack but only after adequately wheel blocking the home so it does not roll. 2. Jack up one side of the home by placing one jack just forward of the front spring hanger and the other just behind the rear spring hanger. These two jacks must be operated simultaneously to raise the home. Jack low side of the home first. Install footings and piers; one just forward of the front. jack and another just behind the rear jack (taking care not to exceed the correct spacing selected from Table 1 or 2). 3. Next, jack the main I-beam at the front and position a pier within 2'-0" of the end of the I-beam. At the completion of this step, this side of the home should be approximately level. 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the other side of the home. At the completion of this step, the home should be roughly level from front to rear and from side to side. 5. Place the remaining pier supports under the main I-beam on each side taking care to maintain a maximum distance of no more than the spacing determined from Tables 1 or 2 with piers located with 2"-0" of each end of each I-beam. (See Fig. 5-2) 6. Level the home within reasonable tolerances, using a 6 foot carpenter's level, water level, or similar equipment. The final height adjustment is obtained by jacking the I-beam and placing hardwood shims between the piers and I-beam, or other approved methods such as adjustable piers. THIS LEVELING PROCESS IS IMPORTANT FOR APPEARANCE AND IS ESSENTIAL FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, AND THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 7. Place additional supports at each side of sidewall door and window openings over 4'0" wide. (See Table 3A) 8. Within 90 days after initial set-up, the home should be releveled, if necessary to compensate for any pier settlement. Follow the procedure in Item 6 above. NOTE: DURING THE LEVELING OR RELEVELING PRO- CESS, LOOSEN FRAME TIES AND OVER -THE -ROOF TIES (IF PROVIDED) PRIOR TO JACKING HOME. 19 jl J LIrJ 0 o r -1 L J r�� LyJ I�r L}J LIjjI yJ MAXIMUM PIER SPACING I -BEAM AS SELECTED FROM TABLE 1 r , L J J� TYPICAL PIER L J L JJ L J T10'-0" I� rye I rim MAX. L_J L.J 2'-0„ FIG. 5-2 19 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) LEVELING AND BLOCKING, DOUBLE -WIDE HOMES With the exception of the requirement for support under the* marriage wall of double -wide units, leveling and blocking procedures are the same as for single -wide units. The site must be prepared as previously described. Special consider- ation must be given to the footings and pier construction required by (1) local soil conditions, (2) depth of frost line and (3) special requirements for local jurisdictions. It may be r� L,J Pier at centerline within 1' of front and rear wall. This pier required only if there is a column located at the front or rear wall. (See Table 3) r J r i L J p � 11, I --fL#J L$J L I -BEAM i r -1 L J r J LLL11 rTI j L I IJ � I7 L{J iJ L LJ L J r1i CONNECTOR III CAPACITY IS 1242# I UPLIFT CONNECTOR CAPACITY IS � LYJ L±J L J IT] 2'-0" Max. I Varies* Piers required at all interior column locations, L��II per Table 3. (See detail) I L_J *Dimensions vary. If pre -construction of footing is desired, contact the Skyline division that manufactured the unit for applicable dimensions. oi T. CF '# fG �� Q�G�sTEi.,o�G��S 8.3v.o -o STATE s. P: 5�•.�,c11•.A,DIAN.. FIG. 5-3�•p,��ipMA, 20 Max. Pier spacing as selected from Table 2. Centerline Support pier location indicator -Metal strap or centerline joist marked with paint beneath home or label indicating pier location. desirable to construct the footings and piers (to grade height) prior to moving the home to its final location. Preconstruction of the footings and piers to grade may be accomplished by referring to the pier location diagram, Figure 5-4, making special note of the additional piers required at centerline beam supports. If there are questions regarding pier locations, please contact the division for aid. Piers located at the centerline may carry much higher loads than other pier locations. PROPER BLOCKING OF THE CENTERLINE BEAM IS VITAL TO THE PERFORMANCE OF A DOUBLE -WIDE HOME. FIG. 5-4 FOOTINGS AND PIERS SHOWN FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY—ANY APPROVED SYSTEM MAY BE USED. FIG. 5-5 -,— RIM JOIST AT MARRIAGE LINE WHERE AVAILABLE PIERS DO NOT HAVE THE CAPACITY REQUIRED BY TABLE 3 FOR CONCENTRATED LOADS -2 OR MORE PIERS MAY BE USED. THE SUM OF PIER CAPACITIES AT EACH SUPPORT POINT SHALL BE AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE LOADS SPECIFIED IN TABLE 3. UPLIFTED CONNECTOR III CAPACITY IS 1242# EACH TO BE UPLIFT CONNECTOR CAPACITY IS MARRIAGE WALL RESISTED BY 3114# EACH TO BE RESISTED BY ANCHORING ANCHORING EQUIPMENT. EQUIPMENT _N CABLE & THIMBLE SYSTEM SHOWN STANDARD FOR ILLUSTRATION HURRICANE STRAP ONLY—ANY CAPACITY IS 3150# APPROVED PER STRAP METHOD MAY BE USED RIM JOIST 1/4" CABLE THIMBLE INSERTED IN e CONNECTOR \ 1/4" CABLE HOLE. r CLAMPS STANDARD HURRICANE STRAP IS TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL SLOT IN STRAP IS FOR INSTALLATION CONNECTED DIRECTLY CABLE 7/32" DIA. OF STANDARD HURRICANE STRAP TO APPROVED (70) OR 1/4" DIA. DESCRIBED ON PAGE 22. CONNECT ANCHOR. STRAP IS (7x17) TENSION TIE -DOWN STRAP DIRECTLY TO UP- ATTACHED TO WALL IN CABLE PER TIE -FACTORY. LIFT CONNECTORSHOWN BY FIG. DOWN INSTRUC- 5-12. (SPLICEEDEVICE NOT TIONS REQUIRED) TYPICAL MARRIAGE WALL STRAPS SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) INSTALLATION OF "ADJUSTABLE OUTRIGGER" Perimeter joist 5-#12x2" wood screws Typical transverse t / Thrust Bracket floor joist Pipe Main Unit I -Beam. Must be 6 � 10" deep or more. 1/2 - Threaded Rod must be seated in corner of I -Beam web/flange. ZZ ADJUSTABLE \ OUTRIGGER Adjustment nut 3!4" threaded rod INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1. Locate the floor joist that requires support. 2. Mark I-beam directly under the floor joist to align "Adjustable Outrigger". 3: Adjust nut on threaded rod so it clears the frame flange for easy adjustment. 4. Set threaded rod in the pipe and against the frame. 5. Set thrust bracket on the floor joist and secure it with five #12 x 2" screws. If there is insulation installed between bottom..board and floor joist, cut a small slit in the bottom board and insulation. Move the insulation away from the area where the thrust bracket is to be installed. Install bracket and repair bottom board with provided bottom board tape. 6. Adjust proper pressure by tightening the nut, until the perimeter joist is square and level. 7. If the "Adjustable Outrigger" is to be exposed to the weather after installation, or installed in highly corrosive environment, then it shall be painted with an exterior grade paint. NOTES: 1. The "Adjustable Outrigger" is intended as an alternate to perimeter piers at door and window openings. Page 6 of this manual requires perimeter piers at sidewall door and window openings that are 4 feet wide or wider. 2. The "Adjustable Outrigger" is to be installed at the building site at time of setup. It may be factory supplied and shipped loose or purchased separately by the dealer. The thrust bracket is listed by Preferred Construction Inspections (#1055-11). The threaded rod meets ASTM standard A307-1994 and the nut meets ANSI/ASME standard 818.2.2-1986. All necessary parts for the "Adjustable Outrigger" assembly are included in the package, and are purchased together. 3. The maximum load carrying capacity of the "Adjustable Outrigger" is 1400 lbs. See page 15, Table 3A for required pier loads at door and window openings. {- 4. These instructions are applicable ONLY to "The Adjustable Outrigger" manufactured by Manufactured Housing Foundations Systems Inc. (A subsidiary of Oliver Technologies, Inc.) 5. The "Adjustable Outrigger" is to be temporarily removed if the home is to be retransported, and then reinstalled after setup. 6. The "Adjustable Outrigger" is not available for use on 18' singlewides, 14' singlewides with 75.5" I -Beam spacing or 16' singlewides with 82.5" or 75.5" I -Beam spacing. 21 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) FIG. 5-6 USE OF WATER LEVEL VALVE WATER LINE SUPPORT DEVICE MATERIAL TO MAKE LEVEL • Five Gallon Pail with Lid • Plastic Tubing — 100 feet x 3/8" or 1/2" • Cork — 1-1/2" • Male Barbed Fitting — 3/8" x 3/4" • Steel Washer — 7/8" • Nut — 3/4" • Female Barbed Fitting — 3/8" x 1/2" • Male Valve — 1/2" • Pipe Sealant • Food Coloring — 8 oz. "HOW TO USE A WATER LEVEL" ZZO PLACE AT ANY POINT AROUND HOME Unroll Tubing: Position level where it is to be used. Take care not to have kinks in it, step on it or lay anything on it. Check for Air Bubbles: To remove any lower valve below bottom of container and open. Close valve when they are out. Container Location: Located so valve can reach all areas of home. Build up container so water line in valve end of tubing is at the predetermined height support devices will be set. Leveling of Support Device: Secure valve above determined height and open. Adjust device as needed. Close valve and move to next support device. NOTE: Level all support devices before lowering home. 22 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLE -WIDE INTERCONNECTION The procedure for connecting the homes is as follows. 1. Remove the temporary closure materials (polyethylene and batten strips) and position the halves as close together as possible in the final desired location. Do not remove tempo- rary beam supports until step 7 has been completed. 2. Move the first section of home into its desired position. Block and level it in the same manner as described for a single section home. Skyline Corp. recommends, if possible, the heavy half be blocked and leveled first as it is easier to lift and roll the light half and fit into place. 3. Install sill sealer insulating material (provided) around the ceiling (to the ridge beam at the ceiling panel line), endwalls and floor mating line. Fasten sill sealer with staples or nails. See figure 5-8A. 4. Slide the two halves together with rolling and jacking equipment. Care must be taken during rolling and jacking operations to avoid overstressing structural members. With the halves together at the floor, align the floors at the ends of the home. It is better to have a minor misalignment under the siding where it cannot be seen and will not cause a problem, than a small misalignment that will be observed in the interior of the home. 5. With the home aligned at the floor and supported by its foundation, join the floors using 3/8" x 3" (4-1/2" lags with double perimeter joist) lag screws 2 to 3 feet on center. The centerline gap at the floor should be a maximum of 3/16". Use the procedures outlined on page 19 to level the home and check supports and footings with tables 2 and 3. 6. To obtain access into the ceiling cavity to bolt or alter- nately lag screw the ridge beam sections together, fold back the underlayment paper and remove the 16" wide sheathing panel(s) at the peak. Note that the shingles may not have been installed on one or both halves, at the 16" wide area at the peak. If one side is shingled, it is intended that the beams be lag screwed together. If neither side is shingled, the beam may be lag screwed or bolted together. Bolts to be 3/8" x 4- 1/2" at 48" o.c. with 3 additional bolts at 3" o.c. over interior beam supports. Lag screws to be 3/8" x 5" at 24" o.c. with 6 additional lag screws at 3" o.c. over interior beam supports. (If marriage walls and ridge beam halves have been plated with 3/8" sheathing, then the bolts/lags must be increased in length by 3/4" to 5-3/4".) Predrill 1/4" pilot holes for the lag screws at 1-1/2" down from the top of the beam and with a maximum offset from the horizontal of 45 degrees. A gap between beam halves up to 1" is allowable. Gaps larger than 1/2" must be filled with plywood or lumber shims. For 1/2" max gaps, increase fastener length 1/2". For 1" max. gaps increase fastener length 1-1/4". See Fig. 5-7. 7. Prior to interconnecting the ridge beam halves, examine the ridge beam ends. Should there be a slight misalignment, it can be eliminated by placing a jack under the low side of main beam on one half and use the jack to raise the beam. The alignment can be held by properly bolting or lag screwing the beam halves together. See Fig. 5-8. 8. Place additional pier supports at the centerline at the interior column locations marked on the floor with indicator straps or paint (see Figure 5-3 and 5-4 and Table 3). Skyline Corp. provides pier location diagrams for all multiwide mod- els. These diagrams show the required locations of piers and are very useful in determining pier placement prior to taking receipt of home. Additional piers are required each side of exterior doors and sidewall openings greater than 4' in width. See Table 3A for these pier load requirements. 9. Toe -nail endwall centerline studs together using 16d nails 10" o.c. 10. If home has double mating walls, then fasten the mating wall columns together with #8 x 4" screws 16" o.c. See Figure 5-7A. APPROVED PFS Corporation Madison WI 01/31/05 HUD Manufactured Home Construction & Safety Standard #8X4" wood screws at 16" o.c. Either fastener location shown is acceptable. If post is constructed from 2x4s or 2x6s use toe -screw location. (1-1/2" penetration required.) IM Mating line Interior support post configurations (typ.) SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLE -WIDE INTERCONNECTION (Continued) NOTE: IT IS IMPORTANT TO HAVE ROOF/CEILING SECTIONS FLUSH AT MATING LINE PRIOR TO FASTEN- ING OF RIDGE BEAM HALVES. IF THEY ARE NOT FLUSH, THEN THE LOW SIDE SHOULD BE RAISED BY JACKING WITH A WOOD POST OR STEEL PIPE WITH A WOOD OR METAL PAD AT THE CEILING. PLACE THE BASE OF THE JACK ACROSS THE FLOOR MATING LINE SO THAT IT RESTS ON BOTH HALVES. JACK AGAINST CEILING ONLY IN AREAS WHERE THERE IS NO MARRIAGE WALL. FIG. 5-8 Pad on ceiling section to be raised. Ea Base over both floors at mating line.--------* Ridge beam 11-1 11 �,.11 Install sill sealer (provided) at endwalls, floor mating line and ridge beam bottom flange. FIG. 5-8A Mating line rim joist ATTACHMENT OF GYPSUM PANELS AT DOUBLE -WIDE CENTERLINE Some multiple -wide units will have a gypsum panel left off at the centerline for field attachment. Fasten the factory supplied gypsum wallboard panel(s) at the center of the endwalls after the units have been attached. Fasten the panel(s) to the wall framing as described in figure 5-813 below. Blocking if required, will be factory provided.,,, Fasten 5/16" gypsum panels to framing with 3/16"x1" staples or 1" washer head screws 6" o.c. around perimeter & 12" o.c. in the field. Fasten 1/2" gypsum w/1 - 5/8"x 0.099" gypsum nails 8" o.c. or 1-1/4" type 'w'drywall screws 12" o.c. If gypsum is overlaying 3.6mm lauan, then increase fastener lengths 1/4". Gypsum may be glued to framing (optional) in combination with w/ mechanical fastening above. Use an approved glue. 24 I Centerline of Unit Gypsum Wallboard I , Panels 4' for field installed gyp. Panel. INTERIOR VIEW FIG. 5-8B Center gypsum panel is field installed. All required gypsum panels, fasteners and -adhesives are supplied by the factory. SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) MANUFACTURED HOME TIE -DOWN INSTRUCTIONS The support system must also resist lifting, sliding, and overturning forces resulting from side winds. A method used is to install ground anchors and tie -down straps in addition to the piers. Tie -downs as described are the minimum neces- sary if the home is to withstand its design loads without dislocation. On multi -section homes, sections must be fastened together and level before tie -down straps are in- stalled. WARNING BEFORE GROUND ANCHOR INSTALLATION, DETER- MINE THAT THE ANCHOR LOCATIONS AROUND THE HOME WILL NOT BE CLOSE TO ANY UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CABLES, WATER LINES OR SEWER PIP- ING. FAILURE TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CABLES MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. NOTE: IN THE FRAME TIE -DOWN SYSTEM, IT IS IMPOR- TANT TO USE MATERIALS OF PROPER DESIGN AND OF ADEQUATE QUALITY. THE MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE CONSIDERED AS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. Materials not furnished with the home which will be neces- sary to complete the tie -down system must meet the require- ments set forth below. Such materials would include: 1. Cable or steel strap with a breaking strength of at least 4,725 pounds e.g. galvanized aircraft cable at least 1/4" diameter or Type 1, Finish B, Grade 1 steel strapping 1-1/4" wide and 0.03" thick, conforming with ASTM D3953-91. 2. Galvanized connection devices such as turnbuckles, eyebolts, strap buckles, and cable clamps should be rated at 3,150 working load minimum. 3. Ground anchors — capable of withstanding at least a 4,725 pound pull. Anchors must be installed as specified by the anchor manufacturer. Stabilizers or concrete collars may be required by anchor manufacturer. THE HOME MUST BE IN ITS FINAL LEVEL POSITION PRIOR TO TYING IT DOWN. The procedure for tying down the manufactured home is as follows: 1. Position and install the ground anchors under exterior walls so that the final strap angle and height (H) will be within the limits shown in tables 5 thru 6C. 2. Connect the straps to the frame and ground anchors (See Figs. 5-9 and 5-10). Straps wrapped around the I -Beam as shown in Fig. 5-9 require protection from premature failure due to sharp corners. Fig. 5-9A illustrates one method to protect against sharp corner damage. Other methods (such as beam clamps — Tie -Down Engineering part no. 59003 or equivalent) approved by the local building authority having jurisdiction may be used. 3. Tighten the straps using the tensioning device provided with the ground anchors. Use caution to avoid overtensioning the straps which might pull the home off the piers. It is recommended that all straps be tightened only enough to remove slack. Then, after all straps are installed and the slack removed, tension the straps. 4. The strap tension should be rechecked at frequent inter- vals until all pier settlement has stopped. CAUTION: DURING THE RELEVELING PROCESS, DO NOT JACK THE HOME AGAINST TIGHT STRAPS. Protect sharp corners with 26Ga. (0.019" min.) x 2" galvanized steel strapping material formed to fit around beam flanges. Sharp corner protection at top and bottom of be if strap is wrapped around beam. Unit I -Beam FIG. 5-9A 25 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) MANUFACTURED HOME TIE -DOWN INSTRUCTIONS (Continued) OPTIONAL OVER -THE -ROOF STRAP PROCEDURE If over -the -roof straps are provided (optional on all homes) they may be connected to ground anchors as specified in the following procedure in order to achieve additional stability in extreme winds. Note that the frame tie -down procedure on page 25 is still mandatory. STEP 1 61LF'1 STRAP BUCKLE NOT PROVIDED PULL TIGHT DOWN TO ANCHOR .•�cr�cY T FO i OF `C 2 • #04884 ENG a� Strap to frame tie -down procedure �� Note: Beam attachment device may be run to top or bottom of I- FIG. 5-9 Beam if device is approved in that manner. 1 114" +-MIN en MINUTEMAN STRAP DEVICE OR EQUIVALENT APPROVED ANCHOR FIG. 5-10 Materials not furnished with the home which will be neces- sary to properly connect the over -the -roof straps are: 1. Ground anchors capable of withstanding at least 4,750 pound pull when installed in the soil at the site. 2. Strap end connection devices (See Fig. 5-10). THE HOME MUST BE IN ITS FINAL LEVEL POSITION WITH FRAME TIES INSTALLED BEFORE CONNECTING THE OVER -THE -ROOF STRAPS. The procedure for over -the -roof strap installation is as follows: 1. Position and install the ground anchors so that the strap will be vertical after attachment to the anchor. The anchor may be installed slightly beneath the home to avoid interfer- ence with skirting (See Fig. 5-11). 2. Insert the minuteman connector yoke through the eye in the anchor and insert slotted bolt through the yoke. 3. Place end of strap through slotted bolt and remove slack by turning bolt. DO NOT TENSION UNTIL BOTH ENDS OF STRAP ARE CONNECTED. 4. Tension and lock minuteman connector in position; consult instructions furnished with connectors. 5. Check strap tension (See step 4 under frame tie -down procedure). 6. For double -wide homes see Fig. 5-12 for the splice con- nection at the centerline. OPTIONAL UNDER -SKIN STEEL STRAP (FACTORY INSTALLED) 4 STRAPS TO BE INSTALLED VERTICALLY FIG. 5-11 S ANCHOR 1. Insert end of the strap through the slat on the splice device, allowing 15" of strap to extend through the device. DOUBLEWIDE OPTIONAL STEP 1 2. Make a 180 degree bend in the strap and slide a strap seal over the OVER -THE -ROOF STRAPS double thickness of strap, positioning the strap seal as close to the zi splice device as possible. Compress the strap seal on the strap with a ® STRAP SEAL pair of vise grip pliers or hammer, or crimp strap seal with an A -B Chance crimping tool. (Make all bends in the strap as sharp as SPLICE DEVICE STEP 2 possible by crimping with vise grip or larger pliers). 3. Bend strap back over the seal and insert back through the slot on the splice device. Flatten bend with vise grip pliers or hammer. Q 4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 with the mating strap. Draw the completed assembly down to the ridge beam by tensioning the strap in STEP 3 the ground anchor. A FIG. 5-12 26 TABLE 5 STRAP ANGLE TABLE FOR STANDARD HEIGHT PIERS - WIND ZONE 1 SINGLE-WIDES ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C. MIN STRAP ANGLE 18 DEGREES 22 DEGREES MAX. STRAP ANGLE 47 DEGREES 37 DEGREES DOUBLE-WIDES ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C. MIN STRAP ANGLE 8 Degrees, 10.5 Degrees for 32' Wides 8 Degrees, 12.5 Degrees for 32' Wides MAX. STRAP ANGLE 43 Degrees, 54.5 Degrees for 32' Wides 33 Degrees, 47 Degrees for 32' Wides DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 5/12 ROOF PITCH ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. NA MIN STRAP ANGLE 7.8 Degrees, 4.9 Degrees for 32' Wides - MAX. STRAPANGLE 40.3 Degrees, 37.3 Degrees for 32' Wides DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 7/12 ROOF PITCH ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C. NA MIN STRAPANGLE 21.7 Degrees, 8.4 Degrees for 32' Wides MAX. STRAP ANGLE 48.3 Degrees, 44.7 Degrees for 32' Wides - MINJMAX. PIER HEIGHTS FOR STANDARD HEIGHT PIERS - WIND ZONE I SINni F.WInFS nnl IRI F-wInFC ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. WIND ZONET--- 75.5 82 99.5 28 ft WIDES H MIN in MAIN I -BEAM SPACING (in) _ - - _ - - _ _ - - - - ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C. 32 ft WIDES H MIN in ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C. 75.5 82 99.5 75.5 82 99.5 12 ft WIDES H MIN in 12 36 14 48 16 60 - 12 32 12 44 13 56 - 12 23 12 35 12 47 12 58 13 25 17 34 19 42 - 12 34 13 31 15 40 - 12 16 12 25 12 33 H MAX in 14 ft WIDES H MIN in H MAX in 16 ft WIDES H MIN in H MAX in 18 ft WIDES I 1 H MIN in H MAX in nnl IRI F-wInFC DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 5/12 ROOF PITCH MAIN I -BEAM SPACING (in) ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. WIND ZONE I 75.5 82 99.5 28 ft WIDES H MIN in - - 12 - 27.5 - 12 - - 30.5 _ - - _ - - _ _ - - - - ANCHORS/STRAPS 12' O.C. 32 ft WIDES H MIN in ANCHORS/STRAPS 14' O.C. MAIN I -BEAM SPACING (in) 75.5 82 99.5 75.5 82 99.5 20 ft H MIN in 12 - - 12 _ _ WIDES H MAX in H MIN in 23 12 - 12 - 12 14 12 - 12 - 12 24 ft WIDES H MAX in H MIN in 36 12 32 12 23 12 22 12 19 12 14 12 26 ft WIDES H MAX in H MIN in 42 12 39 12 30 12 25 12 23 12 18 12 28 ft WIDES H MAX (in) H MIN in 48 - 45 - 35 12 29 - 27 - 21 12 28 ft WIDES H MAX in - 35 43 DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 5/12 ROOF PITCH MAIN I -BEAM SPACING (in) ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. NA 75.5 82 99.5 75.5 82 99.5 28 ft WIDES H MIN in - - 12 - 27.5 - 12 - - 30.5 _ - - _ - - _ _ - - - - H MAX in 32 ft WIDES H MIN in H MAX in DOUBLE-WIDES WITH 7/12 ROOF PITCH !�a ; QFfa1STEq��'9G i * a19 0 � 'a SATE OF ,1 N �ps,��NPG�a�; i AL See Table 5 & 5A for spacing 6" typ. I� I -Bea A A Stra Anchor ANCHOR TIE DOWN DETAIL FIG. 5-13 Buckle - See Fig. 5-9 Strap - See page 25 for specs. Ar 1" min. 1 Main Frame H StrapAngle Anchor rated and installed per Anchor manufacturer's instructions SECTION A -A 27 ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C. NA MAIN I -BEAM SPACING (in) 75.5 82 99.5 75.5 82 99.5 28 ft H MIN in - - 12 _ - - WIDES H MAX in - 34 _ 32 ,,, H MIN in - 12 _ _ _ W �MAX in _. . - - 35 - - - !�a ; QFfa1STEq��'9G i * a19 0 � 'a SATE OF ,1 N �ps,��NPG�a�; i AL See Table 5 & 5A for spacing 6" typ. I� I -Bea A A Stra Anchor ANCHOR TIE DOWN DETAIL FIG. 5-13 Buckle - See Fig. 5-9 Strap - See page 25 for specs. Ar 1" min. 1 Main Frame H StrapAngle Anchor rated and installed per Anchor manufacturer's instructions SECTION A -A 27 TABLE M STRAP ANGLE TABLE FOR HIGHER THAN STANDARD PIERS SINGLE-WIDES WIND ZONE I WINDZONE I ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C. MIN. STRAPANGLE 18 DEGREES _ MAX. STRAPANGLE 63 DEGREES - DOUBLE-WIDES ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C. MIN. STRAPANGLE 6 Degrees, 7 Degrees for 32' Wides 4 Degrees, 5.5 Degrees for 32' Wides MAX. STRAP ANGLE 63 Degrees, 67 Degrees for 32' Wides 70 Degrees, 73 Degrees for 32' Wides MINJMAX. PIER HEIGHTS FOR HIGHER THAN STANDARD PIERS SINGLE-WIDES WIND ZONE I WIND ZONE I ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. MAIN I -BEAM SPACING (in) 75.5 82 99.5 ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C. 75.5 82 99.5 12 ft WIDES H MIN in 12 12 12 H MAX in 66 59 42 H MIN in 14 13 12 H MAX in 72 72 64 H MIN in 18 17 14 H MAX n 72 72 72 H MIN in - - 18 I H MAX in - 72 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14 ft WIDES 16 ft WIDES 18 ft WIDES DOUBLE-WIDES See Table 5 & 5A for spacing 6„ bp• IT I� 1-B am A A Strap Anchor ANCHOR TIE DOWN DETAIL FIG. 5-14 Buckle - See Fig. 5-9 Main Frame •13 1"min. StrapAngle------_---_� - \ Anchor rated and installed per Anchor manufacturer's instructions SECTION A -A 28 Strap - See page 25 for specs. lH ANCHORS/STRAPS 8' O.C. ANCHORS/STRAPS 6' O.C. MAIN ]-BEAM SPACING (in) 75.5 82 99.5 75.5 82 99.5 20 ft H MIN in 12 - - 12 - - WIDES H MAX in H MIN in 42 12 - 12 - 12 60 12 - 12 - 12 24 ft WIDES H MAX in H MIN in 67 12 60 12 43 12 72 12 72 12 60 12 26 ft WIDES H MAX in H MIN in 72 12 72 12 55 12 72 12 72 12 72 12 28 ft WIDES H MAX (in) H MIN in 72 - 72 65 12 72 - 72 - 72 12 32 ft WIDES H MAX in - 72 72 See Table 5 & 5A for spacing 6„ bp• IT I� 1-B am A A Strap Anchor ANCHOR TIE DOWN DETAIL FIG. 5-14 Buckle - See Fig. 5-9 Main Frame •13 1"min. StrapAngle------_---_� - \ Anchor rated and installed per Anchor manufacturer's instructions SECTION A -A 28 Strap - See page 25 for specs. lH TIE -DOWN DETAILS FOR EXTRA TALL PIERS (UP TO 8811) WIND ZONE I ONLY TABLE 5B [iL TYPICAL SINGLE -WIDE 99.5", except 24' wides may be 99.5", 82" or 75.5" TYPICAL DOUBLE -WIDE ���eeeeee�i�� T CE •�.`; � Q�G�STFq� •' * : 19600312 :5 -0-030 �ti STATE OF �•� ,� 0,(',*"- ANP, **•.; 0/ONAL 0 Straps and anchors to be installed 12'-0" o.c. maximum. 8'-0" o.c. maximum for units with 5/12 roof pitch 0 Notes: 1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress min. 2) See page 25 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and all other setup information. 3) See page 12 for required pier construction. 29 NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH Singlewides Doublewides Doublewides with 5/12 Roof Pitch 14' 16' 24' 28' 32' 28' 32' StrapAngle,A (degrees) Min. 8 8 9.1 12.1 15.7 13.7 7.5 Max. 69.9 63.9 39.9 34.6 32.2 34.6 32.2 Pier Height, H (degrees) Min. 12 12- _18 28 .40 29 19 Max. 88 88 88 88 83 88 88 Notes: 1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress min. 2) See page 25 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and all other setup information. 3) See page 12 for required pier construction. 29 STANDARD TIE -DOWN DETAILS BEY T.... MIN. & MAX. ELEVATION `��•• •� �(� p1ST�R'•�(i �i Q� �� •• <� z z o ��' �� i No. a W > * I9600312 • W 14" TO 26" w STATE OF : N .0,��,!/Vp %io O 6/OVAL 12' SHED ROOF •��Ittt.i.t� � w TABLE 6 - F � F T1 r STRAP ANGLE STRAP SEE NOTE #1 ANCHOR TO BE RATED FOR 3684# OF WORKING STRESS, TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS. (INSTALLED PER ANCHOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS SEE NOTE 3) SINGLE -WIDE Fye T1 F'Ty 1 1-- l -4 STRAPANGLE INSTALL STRAP & ANCHORS 6'-8'@ ZONE II 5'-4" @ ZONE III 4'-0" @ ZONE II & III FOR SHED ROOF SINGLEWIDES SEE TABLE FOR ELEVATION & STRAP ANGLE LIMITATIONS F1-1 FSEE NOTE #1 rT-1 rT :-1-4 I-1-� STRAP ANCHOR TO BE RATED FOR 3664# OF WORKING STRESS, TOTAL FOR BOTH----------- STRAPS. OTH)STRAPS. (INSTALLED PER ANCHOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS SEE NOTE 3) DOUBLE -WIDE USE 24' WIDE RESULTS FOR 12' HALF OF 22' WIDE DOUBLE WIDES WIDTH MIN. & MAX. ELEVATION WIND ZONE II MIN. & MAX. DIAGONAL STRAP ANGLE MIN. & MAX. ELEVATION WIND ZONE III MIN. & MAX. DIAGONAL STRAP ANGLE 12' 14" TO 25" 25° TO 40° 14" TO 26" 25° TO 41 ° 14' 12" TO 27" 20.5° TO 40° 12 TO 28 20.5° TO 41 ° 12' SHED ROOF 25.2" TO 34.6" 41 *TO 50° 25.2" TO 34.6" 41 ° TO 50° 14' SHED ROOF 23.4" TO 38.4" 36° TO 50° 23.4" TO 38.4" 36° TO 50° 16' 16" TO 36" 20.5° TO 40° 15.5" TO 38" 19.5° TO 41 ° 18' 20" TO 44" 20.5° TO 40° 19" TO 47" ° 20' OR 22'* 12" TO 15" 34° TO 40° 12" TO 16" 34° TO 42° 24' 12" TO 22" 24.5° TO 40° 12" TO 23.5" 24.5° TO 42° 28' 12" TO 23.5" 23° TO 40° 1 12" TO 25.5" 23° TO 42° 32' 12" TO 33" 16.6° TO 39.3° 12" TO 36" 16.60 TO 41.8° 16' SHED ROOF 21"TO 27.5" 25.9°TO 32.40 21"TO 27.5" 25.90 TO 32.4° NOTES: 1) FOR STRAP MATERIAL SPECIFICATION, CONNECTION TO FRAME I -BEAM & OTHER SETUP INFORMATION, REFER TO SKYLINE INSTALLATION MANUAL 2) FOR ANCHORING SYSTEMS, THE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL INDICATE: A) THE MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED; B) ANCHORS SHOULD BE CERTIFIED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, ARCHITECT, OR A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY AS TO THEIR RESISTANCE, BASED ON THE MAXIMUM ANGLE OF DIAGONAL TIE AND/OR VERTICAL TIE LOADING AND ANGLE OF ANCHOR INSTALLATION, AND TYPE OF SOIL IN WHICH THE ANCHOR IS TO BE INSTALLED; C) GROUND ANCHORS SHOULD BE EMBEDDED BELOW THE FROST LINE AND BE AT LEAST 2 INCHES ABOVE THE WATER TABLE; D) GROUND ANCHORS SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO THEIR FULL DEPTH, AND STABILIZER PLATES SHOULD BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ADDED RESISTANCE TO OVERTURNING OR SLIDING FORCES; E) ANCHORING EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE CERTIFIED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT TO RESIST THESE SPECIFIED FORCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH TESTING PROCEDURES IN ASTM STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRAPPING, FLAT STEELAND SEALS. 3) ANCHORS RATED @ 3150# OF WORKING STRESS TOTAL FOR BOTH STRAPS, MAY BE USED IF STRAP & ANCHOR SPACING IS REDUCED TO 5'-8" @ WIND ZONE II AND 4'-6" @ WIND ZONE III. STRAPS AND ANCHORS MAY BE INSTALLED 4'-0" O.C. ON SHED ROOF SINGLEWIDES WITH ANCHORS RATED @ 3150#. 4) THE A -B CHANCE STRAP SEAL DEVICE DEPICTED BY FIG. 5-12 MAY BE USED AS DIRECTED FOR ATTACHING THE REQUIRED DOUBLEWIDE CENTERLINE STRAPS TO GROUND ANCHORS. 5) STANDARD TIE -DOWN DETAILS ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO 5/12 ROOF PITCH DOUBLEWIDES @ WIND ZONE II & III. 30 SKYLINE CORP. Sidewall straps are factory installed. z Ground anchor (typical). TIE -DOWN DETAILS FOR -5/12 ROOF PITCH DOUBLE WIDES AT WIND ZONE II & III TABLE 6A Optional Strap location A2 I Standard Strap location 1 Al Straps and Anchors to be spaced 5'- 4" o.c. max. @ Zone II & 4'- 0" o.c. max. @ Zone III. * ; 19600312 ATE .as.o 'off O i Q F WIND ZONE II (100 mph) Unit Width H (max.) - H (min.) Angle (max.) Angle (min.) 24' 48" 12" 23.2 degrees 6.12 degrees. 26' 48" 12" 20.3 degrees . 6.12 degrees 28' 48" 12" 20.3 degrees 5.28 degrees 32' 48" 12" 18.96 degrees 4.91 degrees WIND ZONE III (110 mph) Unit Width H (max.) H (min:) Angle (max.) Angle (min.) 24' 48" 12" 25.2 degrees 6.12 degrees 26' 48" 12" 20.3 degrees 6.12 degrees 28' 48" 12" - 20.3 degrees 5.28 degrees 32' 48" 12" 18.96 degrees 4.91 degrees NOTES: 1) Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.). 2) Use H1 and Al for standard strap location. Use H2 and A2 for optional strap location. 3) See page 25 for strap material specification, connectiori to I -Beam and other setup information. 4) The A -B chance strap seal device depicted by Fig. 5-12 may be used as directed for attaching the required doublewide centerline straps to ground anchors. 31 TIE -DOWN DETAIL'S FOR UNITS WITH 102" SIDEWALLS Factory installed sidewall strap. Not required at Wind Zone I. Z' Ground anchor (typical). TABLE M Alternate Tiedown Strap location. Wind Zone II or III only. Standard Tiedown Alternate Strap Strap location angle (A). \ 1 Factory installed sidewall strap. Not required at Wind Zone I. Ground anchor (typical). -�♦ W TYPICAL DOUBLEWIDE Alternate Tiedown Strap location. Wind Zone II or III only. Alternate Strap Standard Tiec angle (A). Strap location HT 44", TYPICAL SINGLEWIDE Standard Strap angle (A). STANDARD TIE -DOWN STRAP LOCATIONS •••�Q,EY .. C •• . . •. 19600312 3 5.03 • 61147E OF Standard ;trap angle (A). Straps and Anchors to be spaced 12'-0" o.c. max. at Wind Zone I. 8'-0" o.c. max. on 5/12 roof pitch units @ Wind Zone I. 5'-4" o.c. max. at Wind Zone 11. 4'-0" o.c. max. at Wind Zone III. ALTERNATE TIE-DnWN STRAP I nCATIQ)NS 14' Singlewides 16' Singlewides 28' Doublewides 32' Doublewides 28' Doublewides with 5/12 roof pitch 32' Doublewides with 5/12 roof pitch 48" H Max. 32" 44.5" 36" 49.5" 23.5" 27.5" Wind H Min. 12" 14" 2 12" 2 12" Zone I A Max. 45.0 degrees 46.0 de rees 50.0 degrees 51.0 degrees 38 degrees 34.5 degrees 48" A Max. 19.0 de rees 18.0 degrees 7.0 degrees 10.0 de rees 9 degrees 6 de rees 12"12" H Max. 28" 37" 25" 35" 20.6 degrees 1 19.0 degrees Wind H Min. 13" 17.5" 12" 12" Zone 11 A Max: 41.0 degrees 40.5 degrees 41.5 degrees 41.0 degrees - ax. 22.0 degrees 22.0 degrees 23.0 degrees 16.6 degrees H Max. 33" 44" 29" 41" - Wind H Min. 12" 15.5" 12" 12" - Zone Ill A Max. 45.7 degrees 45.5 degrees 45.8 degrees 45.5 degrees - A Max. 20.4 degrees 19.7 degrees 23.0 degrees 16.6 degrees - ALTERNATE TIE-DnWN STRAP I nCATIQ)NS NOTES: 1 1 Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.). 2 See page 25 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup information. 3 Main I -Beam spacing to be 99.5' min. on all units. 4 Not available on 5/12 roof pitch units at Wind Zone II or III. 32 14' Singlewides 16' Singlewides 28' Doublewides 28' Doublewides 32' Doublewides 32' Doublewides with 5/12 roof pitch with 5/12 roof pitch H Max. 48" 48" 48" 48" - Wind H Min. 12" 12" 12" 12" r - Zone II A Max. 20.0 degrees 18.6 degrees 20.6 degrees 19.0 degrees ax. 5.2 degrees 4.8 degrees 5.4 degrees 4.9 degrees H Max. 48" 48" 48" 1 48" Wind H (Min.) 12" 12" 12"12" Zone III A Max. 20.0 de degrees 18.6 de degrees 20.6 degrees 1 19.0 degrees A Max. 5.2 degrees 4.8 degrees 5.4 degrees 1 4.9 degrees NOTES: 1 1 Straps and anchors to be rated for 3150 lbs. of working stress (min.). 2 See page 25 for strap material specification, connection to I -Beam and other setup information. 3 Main I -Beam spacing to be 99.5' min. on all units. 4 Not available on 5/12 roof pitch units at Wind Zone II or III. 32 TAG TYPICAL DOUBLE -WIDE GROUNDANCHOR-_ uk�LONGITUDINALTIEDOWNS MAX. HORIZONTAL ANGLE r� (SEE TABLE) I I FRONT OR REAR CROSS MEMBER TOP VIEW -- — ---- 11 13EAM TYPICAL SINGLE -WIDE -13E%AM ZI-BEAM -------------L TYPICAL DOUBLE -WIDE BE77AM 2717 NA NA 11 NA NA NA NA 27 MAX. HORIZONTALANGLE 20 20 NA NA 20 20 1 20 NA 20 NA NA I NA NA 45 4 TIE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE II NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH (feet) SINGLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES w/5/12 ROOF PITCH ANGLES DEGREES 12' 14' 16' 18' 24' 26' 28' 32' 24' 26' 28' 71 -BEAM BEAM 61 58 56 50 57 54 51 43 52 NA MAX. HORIZONTALANGLE 45 145 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 NA TYPICAL TRIPLE -WIDE E _ MAIN I -BEAM\ SHOULDER -TYPE EYE BOLT, NUT & MAIN I -BEAM W SHER NOT PROVIDED LONGITUDINALTIEDOWNS� t -_T -J\ NT ORREA STRAP/ GROUNDANCHOR-\ CROSS MEMBER r-- GROUND LEVEL CABLE -FRAME TIE -DOWN CONNECTION VERTICAL ANGLE IS MEASURED FROM STRAP TO LEVEL HORIZONTAL PLANE @ ANCHOR SIDE VIEW 2 TIE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE II NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH (feet) SINGLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES w/5/12 ROOF PITCH ANGLES DEGREES 12' 14' 16' 1 18' 24' 1 26' 1 28' T 32' 24' 26' 28' 1 32' TRIPLEWIDES TAG UNIT MAX. VERTICALANGLE 46 35 18 NA 42 37 32 13 35 2.8 19 NA 23 42 MAX. HORIZONTALANGLE 20 20 20 NA 20 20 20 20 20 1 20 20 NA 20 20 2 TIE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE II NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH (feet) SINGLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES w/5/12 ROOF PITCH 12' 14' 16' 18' 24' 26' 28' 32' 24' 26' 28' 32' TRIPL MAX. VERTICALANGLE 32 INA INA I NA 2717 NA NA 11 NA NA NA NA 27 MAX. HORIZONTALANGLE 20 20 NA NA 20 20 1 20 NA 20 NA NA I NA NA 45 4 TIE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE II NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH (feet) SINGLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES w/5/12 ROOF PITCH ANGLES DEGREES 12' 14' 16' 18' 24' 26' 28' 32' 24' 26' 28' 32' TRIPLEWIDES TAG UNIT MAX. VERTICALANGLE 62 157 51 45 61 58 56 50 57 54 51 43 52 NA MAX. HORIZONTALANGLE 45 145 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 NA 4 TIE -DOWN STRAPS @ FRONT & REAR OF EACH FLOOR. WIND ZONE III NOMINAL UNIT WIDTH (feet) SINGLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES DOUBLEWIDES w/5/12 ROOF PITCH ANGLES DEGREES 12' 14' 16' 1 18' 24' 1 26' 28' 1 32' 24' 26' 1 28' 1 32' TRIPLEWIDES TAG UNIT MAX. VERTICALANGLE 56 49 41 31 54 51 47 39 49 45 41 28 42 NA MAX. HORIZONTALANGLE 45 45 45 1 45 1 45 45 1 45 45 45 1 45 45 45 45 NA NOTES: 1) Longitudinal Tiedowns are in addition to diagonal tiedowns along the main rails. 2) Ground anchors, straps & cables (including eyebolt, nut, etc.) shall be capable of resisting an ultimate load of 4725 lbs. (3150 lbs. design) min. Install ground anchor in accordance with ground anchor manufacturer's installation instructions. See note 2 page 29. 3) Anchorage system subject to local inspection at the time of installation. 4) Other methods approved by local building authorities may be used. 5) Longitudinal tiedowns are not required at wind zone I. 6) If a doublewide unit has a roof pitch exceeding 3/12 (i.e. 4/12) then use 5/12 roof pitch requirements. 33 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) TIE -DOWN STRAP INSTALLATION EXAMPLE To properly install ground anchors and tie -down straps for a home, certain criteria must be established. This criteria is as follows: 1. Width of the home. 2. Main I-beam spacing of the home. 3. Wind Zone area where home is to be placed. 4. Distance from bottom of I-beam to ground. 5. Torque reading of the soil. 6. Nominal roof pitch of unit (for double-wides). For this example assume the home being installed is a 14 foot wide (single -wide) by 66 feet long. The home is being installed in Wind Zone I, and the main I-beam spacing has been established at 99-1/2 inches. The home has a 12 inch tall I-beam, and the clearance from the I-beam to the ground is measured at 20 inches. To determine the distance (H) from the ground to the underside of the floor add the I-beam depth (12") to the clearance between I-beam and the ground (20"). Therefore H=12"+20"=32". From Table 5 on page 27 (Wind Zone 1) determine the maximum allowable strap spacing. Enter table at left hand side for 14' wides, and check the maximum pier height (H) for 34 99.5" I-beam spacing. H max.=35" with straps/anchors spaced at 12' o.c. maximum. Therefore, tie -down strap spacing should not exceed 12 foot on center. If the home were placed in a Wind Zone II or III area, the tables on pages 30 or 31 would be used. Next, determine the correct soil anchors to be used. An anchor soil test probe is required to test the soil where the example home is to be set. The soil test probe looks like a long drill bit with a fitting at the top which accepts a torque wrench. The torque required to turn the probe, when the probe reaches the desired anchor depth, is measured. The anchor manufacturer provides a chart relating the measured torque value to the type of anchor required to provide the desired holding force. AN INCORRECTLY SELECTED ANCHOR WILL NOT PROVIDE THE REQUIRED LOAD RESISTANCE. For this example, assume a torque of 300 inch -pounds was measured at a probe depth of 4 feet. A class 4 soil is indicated from the anchor manufacturer data. The correct anchor would be identified and rated for a class 4 soil. Soil anchors must be installed as directed by the anchor manufacturer. If the direction of the pull is not in line with the shaft of the anchor, a concrete cylinder collar or a ground anchor stabilizer plate is required. The anchor manufacturer installation instructions should describe the correct anchor placement with regard to direction, water table level and frost line location. SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) r DOUBLE -WIDE EXTERIOR CLOSURE HARDBOARD SIDING Fasten the precut strip of Masonite with 8d galvanized nails (head should be painted to match the siding) 4" o.c. around the perimeter and 8" o.c. on the intermediate studs. Apply trim and caulking at the centerline, horizontal joints and around windows (if required) as illustrated by the details in Figure 5-18. (In cases where the Masonite has to be cut to fit in the field, the ripped edges should be stained to match the siding with acrylic latex stain). Note: Use 8d galvanized box Figure A nails w/min. 3/16" dia. heads at 4" o.c. around perimeter and 8' Vertical Masonite Application o.c. at intermediate studs. 16" o.c. typical studs 3/8" bP I I I • • i i P P. 18� •i iI . I I • h•!I II •�' hp 4"I • • I • ryP• 1-1/8" lyp • 4-3/8" Perimeter Joist Unil I Stain bottom Centerline edge Figure B Double Wide Masonite Close -Off Application i Unit nit I Centerline " Butyl lking cau at joint �p11 Masonite Siding Masonite Close -off field installed w/8d galvanized 8d galvanized box nails 8" o.c. at Wind box nails 4" o.c. Zone I, 6" o.c. at Wind Zones It and 111. Stain edges to match Masonite (See note 1) Fi ure C Figure D Vertical Joint Horizontal Joint Masonite Siding ` ..� . Caulk joint w/ butyle cau mg " Flashing . Masonite Strip (rip" Masonite Siding Masonite Siding from siding sheets) Stain Edges Use 8d galvanized box g to match Use 8d galvanized nails 4" o.c. w/min. 3/ box nails 4" o.c. 16" dia. heads Masonite Siding iM (May be lap siding) • 1 Figure E NOTE: Typical Window Trim Application 1. All ripped edges to be stained with matching acrylic latex 8" typ. At Wind Zone 1,6"Typ.At� stain from siding mfr. Caulk with butyl Wind Zone II & III caulking to match I� trim 1/2" TyF Butyl caulking to • match trim (fill • rabbetted area) Use 8d galvanized box nails w/min 3/16" dia. heads FIG. 5-18 35 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLE -WIDE EXTERIOR CLOSURE VINYL LAP SIDING The siding panels should be attached using galvanized steel or aluminum 16 ga. 1/2 by 1-1/2" staples. (6d galvanized nails may also be used). Staples should be driven so that there is a 1/32" clearance between the siding and staple crown to allow some lateral movement. Fasten every 16" at the stud loca- tion. See Figure 5-19 Detail A for proper fastening. Snap the bottom course of siding into the starter strip and fasten to the wall. Leave a 1/4" space at corner posts and 'J' channels around window and door openings to allow for expansion. Do not fasten within 4" of an accessory. Vertical butt joints in panels should overlap 1 ". Do not fasten the panel within 4" of the joint. Install vinyl, aluminum, felt or other suitable material for flashing at bottom corners of doors and windows per Figure 5-19 Detail E. Apply caulk around siding and light blocks, water faucets, or other small penetrations. Install successive courses similarly to the first. Butt joints in adjacent courses should be offset approximately 24" for best appearance. Joints in alternate courses should be aligned vertically (See Figure 5-19 Detail B). Panels will have to be cut at headers and sills. A single panel should extend without joints across the width of the opening. When cutting a panel at a sill, measure the distance between the bottom of the opening and the top lock of the lower course, then deduct 1/4" (See Fig. 5-19 Detail C). Slide the cut panel into the under sill trim and install. Note that the under sill trim piece may have to be furred to maintain the proper pitch of the siding. Measure and cut the header panel in the same manner as indicated above. The top sections at the gable will need to be angle cut. Use two scrap pieces of siding to make a pattern (See Fig. 5-19 Detail D). Interlock one piece with the siding panel below. Hold the other piece on top against the gable. Mark a line on the bottom piece and cut. Use this piece as a pattern for cutting gable pieces. Install the gable pieces by interlocking with the lower course, sliding into the gable 'J' rail and fasten- ing. If a home has been provided with "Craneboard" solid core vinyl siding, then read and follow the special instructions provided with this manual. Incorrectly Correctly Incorrectly Applied Applied Applied j. i� ■ DETAIL A 36 DETAIL B FIG. 5-19 DETAIL C MarkAngle 2 Scrap Pieces for Cut of Siding Pattern for Angle DETAIL D • J -Trim IPpP Diverter 1/2" Min. J -Trim All Purpose Trim DETAIL E SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLE -WIDE EXTERIOR CLOSURE JAMES HARDIE "HARDIPLANK" OR "HARDIPANEL" SIDING "Hardiplank" and "Hardipanel" are fiber -cement siding panels. "Hardiplank' is a lap style siding, and "Hardipanel" is a panel type siding. Fasten the siding panels to framing members with 6d galvanized nails (2" long min. -2-1/4" with "Hardiplank" at Wind Zones II and III) per the details shown in Figure 5-20 below. "Hardiplank' siding requires 2 additional Figure A Hardiplank Siding 1/4" to 1/2 Figure C Hardiplank Siding 1"x1" Wood S1 Starter Detail Inside Corner Rim Joist or Exterior wall bottom plate Fasten with 6d nails 12" to 16" o.c. 6d nail required at each stud location (16" o.c.). 2 Figure E additional nails required at Wind Zones II and III. These fasteners shall be evenly spaced between studs into a 3/8" (min.) structural sheathing. ...Ft,.snii;�1 overly >:s### ,#¢ zsHlit overlap- a #'sem .ss;z,�... -^^f ss This fastening style is required HardiPlank Nailin at Wind Zones II & III Figure G 2" minfrom corners 6d nail 6" o.c. at edges & ..... - 2" o.c. in field at Wind - Zone I. 6d nails 5" o.c. at - - - edges & 5" o.c. in field at Coverjoints Wind Zones II &III. . . with lumber • - battens or Hardiplank - caulk. Siding 3/8" min. T •3/8" min. HardiPanel Applicatio fasteners evenly spaced between studs into sheathing at Wind Zone II and III only. "Hardiplank" siding is not allowed within 3 feet of a sidewall/endwall corner at Wind Zone III. Finish siding by painting with an exterior grade, semi -gloss acrylic or latex paint. All ripped edges of panels should be painted to match. Ficiure B Hardiplar Siding 1"x2" Wol _ Outside Corner Figure D Lap joints must fall at stud. Stag at least 2 stud bays. 48" min. between joints at same course. 2 Stud bays required from wall corner to 1 st joint. Figure F Window frame iffl-A Fasten with 6d nails 12" to 16" o.c. Lap Joint Window Detail lardiplank siding 3/4" to 1 " Hardiplank Siding Flash, shim, gap 3/16" and caulk. NOTE: Double studs are required within 3 feet of a sidewall/endwall corner at Wind Zones II and III. Fasten HardiPanel siding panels to both studs at double stud locations. FIG. 5-20 37 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) SHINGLE ROOF CLOSURE INSTALLATION OF SHINGLED ROOF: 1. Fold back underlayment paper. 2. Remove the 16 inch wide sheathing at the ridge beam of one or both halves which was temporarily secured to the roof at the factory. 3. Bolt the ridge beam together as outlined on page 23. For models with heat ducts in the roof cavity make the inter- connection of two units by running the provided flexible duct through the access hole in the ridge beam. After the mechanical connection is made, tape the joint with 2 inch wide duct tape. 4. See Fig 5-21. Reinstall the 3/8" x 16" wide sheathing by first reinstalling the factory provided sheathing panel clips (2 per bay), then fasten using 15 gauge x 7/16" x 1-1/2" staples or 8d twist nails 4 inches on center at butt joints and at each truss between joints. Special fastening may be required at trusses located over shearwalls. These trusses will be marked with a paint spot on the truss top chord. Fasten roof sheathing to these trusses with fasteners 38 spaced 2" o.c. (3" o.c. — if truss is doubled — to both trusses). 5. If home is to be set in a Wind Zone II or III area, then apply a 6" wide strip of asphalt cement to the roof decking on both halves of home, directly adjacent to the roof peak. 6. Tack roof underlayment paper back in place. 7. Staple additional underlayment strip down, centered at ridge. 8. Fasten drip cap to sheathing at roof edge (above felt). 9. Complete installation of shingles (See Fig. 5-22). 10. Cut shingles for ridge cap and install as shown in Figures 5-24 and 5-25. NOTE: TO PREVENT WIND LIFTING AND POSSIBLE LEAKAGE, THE RIDGE CAP SHINGLES SHOULD BE ORIENTED WITH RESPECT TO PREVAILING WINDS AS INDICATED IN FIG. 5-25. 11. Install closure cap at eave joint (See Fig. 5-26). 12. See supplement for ridge vent if applicable. Field installed sheathing Ridge Shingles Site installed shingles (4 1� � Underlayment paper or 5 courses) \ Underlayment / strip `. Sheathing 18" shingle 24" shingle �' 24" shingle J~ 30" shingle 36" shingle See -23 for Underlayment paper folded back \ fasteningrequirement for beam bolting. Ridge beam Drip cap If the roofing in the area of the front rake has been covered to protect from wind damage during transit, the protective covering and fasteners are to be carefully removed. Seal the fastener holes with asphalt roofing cement. FIG. 5-21 FIG. 5-22 OPTIONAL CENTERLINE METAL FLASHING AND SHINGLE INSTALLATION. 10" strip of underlayment paper installed over metal flashin and below shingles. Shingle ridge cap - install per figures 5-23 thru 5 - Install shingles (each 25 section) to centerline. 8"x32Ga. (min.) or .019" (min.) aluminum metal roll flashing. Fasten with 1"x1" -1/ 4"x16Ga. Galvanized staples or roofing nails at 16" o.c. both sides. FIG. 5-22A SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLE -WIDE SHINGLED ROOF FASTENERS: _ Use 1" crown x 1° leg 16 GA. galvanized staples or 1 1/4" 12 GA. galvanized roofing nails with 3/8" diameter heads 36" Shingle CUT SHINGLE INTO'3 PIECES AS SHOWN BY DOTTED LINE X X X X 12° 1 I � WIND ZONE I I � 2 3 36" Shingle X x X x x X 12" WIND ZONE II & III Nail 1" from each end 5 5/8" above exposed butt & 5/8" above each cut out FIG: 5-23 FIG. 5-24 Nail or staple ridge shingles as indicated. ca See fig. 5-23 for fastener sizes. co, oc • ��`' Apply caulking to p� closure cap Q�q co�� �- II Secure closure cap with #6x3/4" II 4 5" Exposure screws at locations indicated �l Ridge line FIG. 5-25 FIG. 5-26 39 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) DOUBLE -WIDE UTILITY INTERCONNECTION ELECTRICAL INTERCONNECTION OF DOUBLE-WIDES Bonding Chassis halves floor joist construction are to be bonded together with the provided bonding wire and lugs (See page 54). Electrical Crossover NOTE: ALL ON-SITE ELECTRICAL WORK MUST BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. BEFORE CONNECTING ELECTRICAL CROSSOVER ASSURE THAT POWER HAS NOT YET BEEN CONNECTED. Endwall Crossover The procedure for this interconnection is as follows: 1. Feed wires from side B through metallic wire protectors into junction box or Sub -Panel in side A (See Fig. 5-27). 2. Staple wires within 8 inches of junction box or Sub -Panel to side of stud at centerline of stud. 3. Remove cover from junction box inside home; cut wires to length allowing a minimum of 4 inches of free wire extend- ing from box. 4. Strip approximately 1 inch of wire and connect like circuit numbers (white to white, black to black, ground to ground, red to red on multi -circuits and 240V circuits) with the provided wire nuts. 5. Push wires into box and replace cover. NOTE: SOME MODELS MAY HAVE ELECTRICAL CROSSOVERS AT FRONT AND REAR. Endwall Access to junction I Side B Side A I( box - inside home t Side B L` — _ _ Factory installed wire i FIG. 5-27 Pull box Pull box Field installed conduit & conductors (materials provided) FIG. 5-28 40 NM or SE cable riyw000 or USt3 access cover FIG. 5-28A Hole or notch — in joists Pull box access cover FIG. 5-28B Below Floor Crossover The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Remove the pull box covers and install the provided conduit and conductors between the boxes (See Fig. 5-28). 2. Using the provided wire connectors, connect like circuit numbers (white to white, black to black, ground to ground, red to red on multi -circuits and 240V circuits). 3. Push wires into boxes and replace covers. Below Floor Crossovers In Floor Pull Box The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Remove plywood access covers and cut bottom board for access to wires (See Fig. 5-28A). 2. Feed wires around bottom of marriage line floor joists and into junction box. 3. Cut wires to length allowing a minimum of 4" free wire extending into box. 4. Strip approximately 1 inch of wire and connect like circuit numbers (white to white, black to black, ground to ground, red to red on multi -circuits and 240V circuits). 5. Replace access covers and tape bottom board with pro- vided tape. In Floor Pull Box The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Remove plywood access cover to pull box and cut bottom board on opposite half for access to wires (See Fig. 5- 286). 2. Feed wires through hole or notch in joists into junction box. 3. Attach wires as described in steps 3 and 4 for endwall crossover. 4. Replace access cover and tape bottom board with pro- vided tape. SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) 1- 1. UTILITY INTERCONNECTION In Floor Cable Splice The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Remove bottom board access covers (See Fig. 5-28C). 2. Feed cable through hole or notch in joists. 3. Connect cable splice together. 4. Replace access covers with provided bottom board tape NOTE: Some models axle or axles b the crossover duct or connect the home air distribution system to the heating - cooling appliance. SUPPORT i NOTE: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be identified by the attached code markers. Endwall Cable Splice The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Remove access panels on exterior side of endwall (See Fig. 5-28D). 2. Uncoil wire located inside endwall. 3. Connect cable splice halves together. 4. Reinstall access panels. Note: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be identified by the attached code markers. Heating Crossover There are two basic hookup procedures for all designs. The first procedure is the standard design and is a single 12" diameter flexible duct. The second procedure is an optional design that includes a varying number of 5" or 6" crossover ducts that are installed in the floor. The method of installation for the standard design is as follows: 1. Connect each end of the provided insulated 12" diameter flexible duct to the metal duct connector on each half of the home by sliding duct over metal tabs on duct connec- tor. 2.After mechanical connections are made, tape each connection with 2 -inch wide duct tape to ensure an airtight seal. 3. Permanently secure the crossover duct with straps as shown in Fig. 5-29. Do not allow duct to rest on the ground. Maintain at least a 4 -inch clearance between duct and the ground. The method of installation for optional design with standard frame is as follows: 1. Remove access panels at crossover ducts. The access panels are located below the floor. 2. Cross cut bottom board at 8" holes in reinforcing plates. 3. Extend the flexible ducts from each half through the access holes (See Fig. 5-29A). DUCT NOTE: 5 STRAPS AS SHOWN TO FLOOR JOISTS. FIG. 5-29 MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO GROUND TO BE 4". 41 Cable Splice Hole or notch in joists FIG. 5-28C 20 Amp Non - Exterior Endwall Metallic cable splice - Type access panel studs NM -(Dor on both cable splice halves. manufactured Fasten with by moiex-etc. wood screws (part no. to wall studs. 19045). N y Factory installed wire During transit free protectors over notches in ends of cable are studs Marriage Line for coiled and secured in ' Double wide the wall cavity. FIG. 5-28D NOTE: Some models axle or axles b the crossover duct or connect the home air distribution system to the heating - cooling appliance. SUPPORT i NOTE: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be identified by the attached code markers. Endwall Cable Splice The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Remove access panels on exterior side of endwall (See Fig. 5-28D). 2. Uncoil wire located inside endwall. 3. Connect cable splice halves together. 4. Reinstall access panels. Note: If unit has multiple cable splices the circuits will be identified by the attached code markers. Heating Crossover There are two basic hookup procedures for all designs. The first procedure is the standard design and is a single 12" diameter flexible duct. The second procedure is an optional design that includes a varying number of 5" or 6" crossover ducts that are installed in the floor. The method of installation for the standard design is as follows: 1. Connect each end of the provided insulated 12" diameter flexible duct to the metal duct connector on each half of the home by sliding duct over metal tabs on duct connec- tor. 2.After mechanical connections are made, tape each connection with 2 -inch wide duct tape to ensure an airtight seal. 3. Permanently secure the crossover duct with straps as shown in Fig. 5-29. Do not allow duct to rest on the ground. Maintain at least a 4 -inch clearance between duct and the ground. The method of installation for optional design with standard frame is as follows: 1. Remove access panels at crossover ducts. The access panels are located below the floor. 2. Cross cut bottom board at 8" holes in reinforcing plates. 3. Extend the flexible ducts from each half through the access holes (See Fig. 5-29A). DUCT NOTE: 5 STRAPS AS SHOWN TO FLOOR JOISTS. FIG. 5-29 MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO GROUND TO BE 4". 41 SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) UTILITY INTERCONNECTION 4. Connect the flexible ducts together per the provided manufacturer instructions using the splicing collar provided 5. Install a strap around duct and attach to the rim joists. 6. Tape bottom board closed with provided tape. The method of installation for the optional design with integral floor/frame or Perimeter frame is as follows: 1. Locate crossover locations as indicated by spray paint on rim joists and bottom board. 2. Cut out bottom board at rim joists for crossover connec- tions. 3. Cut the bottom board below floor for access to flexible ducts (See Fig. 5-29A). 4. Extend the flexible ducts through the cutouts in the rim joints from the half with the furnace to the other half. 5. Connect the flexible ducts together per the provided manufacturer instructions using the splicing collar provided. 6. Push the floor insulation against rim joist and tape bottom board closed with provided tape. 42 Heating Crossover with V -Bonnet Some double -wide units will require a V -Bonnet duct connector to be installed prior to connection of the crossover ducts. The proper method of installation is as follows: 1. Remove axle if required for access to furnace area. 2. Fit tabs inside V -Bonnet and secure with #8x3/4" screws in holes provided on tabs (3 per side — 12 total) (See Fig. 5- 2913). 3. Install flexible crossover ducts per the standard crossover duct design described on the previous page. Gasline Crossover Applicable only to models with gas appliances on both halves. The listed flexible connector supplied with the home must be used to make the connection. This connector will be located beneath the home. NOTE: DO NOT USE TOOLS TO CONNECT OR REMOVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR QUICK DISCONNECT. 1. Remove protective caps from the connector. 2. Connect the quick disconnect fitting. 3. Test for leaks with soapy water. Waterline Cross Connect. Applicable only to models with plumbing on both halves (See Fig. 5-30, 5-31, and 5-31A). 1. Remove the shipping caps from water lines and install provided connector. 2. Check for leaks. 3. In areas where exposed piping is subject to freezing, protect exposed piping with heat tapes listed for use on manufactured homes, and insulation. It is recommended that only U.L. listed heat tapes be used and installed in accordance with their listing. FLEXIBLE FLOOR INSULATION RIM JOIST DUCT DECKING BOTTOM r, v, r, r BOARD , .� �i r rt i rLL� . PLYWOOD REINFORC- Jr ` ING PLATE (TYP. EACH STRAP SIDE) SPLICING COLLAR OPTIONAL CROSSOVER DUCTS FOR STANDARD FRAME FLEXIBLE RIM JOIST SPLICING FLOOR DUCT COLLAR [DECKING LSL OR LVL BEAM w/ INTEGRAL FLOOR FRAME STEEL I -BEAM BOTTOM w/PERIMETER FRAME BOARD ACCESS AREA (TYR) OPTIONAL CROSSOVER DUCTS FOR INTEGRAL FLOOR/FRAME OR PERIMETER FRAME. FIG. 5-29A 42 Heating Crossover with V -Bonnet Some double -wide units will require a V -Bonnet duct connector to be installed prior to connection of the crossover ducts. The proper method of installation is as follows: 1. Remove axle if required for access to furnace area. 2. Fit tabs inside V -Bonnet and secure with #8x3/4" screws in holes provided on tabs (3 per side — 12 total) (See Fig. 5- 2913). 3. Install flexible crossover ducts per the standard crossover duct design described on the previous page. Gasline Crossover Applicable only to models with gas appliances on both halves. The listed flexible connector supplied with the home must be used to make the connection. This connector will be located beneath the home. NOTE: DO NOT USE TOOLS TO CONNECT OR REMOVE FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR QUICK DISCONNECT. 1. Remove protective caps from the connector. 2. Connect the quick disconnect fitting. 3. Test for leaks with soapy water. Waterline Cross Connect. Applicable only to models with plumbing on both halves (See Fig. 5-30, 5-31, and 5-31A). 1. Remove the shipping caps from water lines and install provided connector. 2. Check for leaks. 3. In areas where exposed piping is subject to freezing, protect exposed piping with heat tapes listed for use on manufactured homes, and insulation. It is recommended that only U.L. listed heat tapes be used and installed in accordance with their listing. SET-UP PROCEDURES (Continued) UTILITY INTERCONNECTION HOLES IN ALT. WATER LINE CROSSOVER SIDE JOIST BRASS ADAPTE FLOOR COPPER FLEX PIPE DECKING O ODmCNmCD- ------------------ ---------------- BRASS ADAPTE INSULATION NOTE: WRAP WATER LINE CONNECTOR WITH INSPECTIONAND INSULATION IN FREEZ- ING CLIMATES. PERMIT CONNECTION AND INSULATION OF FIG. 5-30 WATER LINES MAKE WATER CROSSOVER WITH CONNECTORS FIG. 5-31 PROVIDED WITH THE HOME ALT. WATER LINE CROSSOVER I Centerline Access Panels FIG. 5-31A Access Panel Frame Drainage Line Cross Connect Applicable only to models with plumbing on both halves. The connection may be made with field assembly of factory supplied parts (refer to drainage of 2 bath models, page 48), or when the below floor plumbing is factory installed, a flexible coupler is used as follows: Use only the approved flexible coupler provided (1-1/2 inch or 3 inch, as required). See Fig. 5-32. 1. Slip the flexible coupler over one end of the drainage line. 2. Align the pipes and center the coupler over the joint. 3. Tighten the clamps and check for leakage. !DRAINAGE PIPE FIG. 5-32 COUPLERD FLEXIBLE METAL ROOF TIGHTENING Metal roofs may be tightened by the use of bonded washers secured to the roof truss with #8 x 1-1/4" screws, placed in rows of four across with width of the roof and spaced at ap- proximately 48" o.c. along the length of the roof. Care must be taken to assure that the screws are placed to penetrate the truss. After application, the screw heads and washers are to be sealed with a roof sealant material. INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. MAKE SURE POWER IS OFF BEFORE INSTALLING LIGHT. The correct procedure is as follows: 1. Install threaded tube in the strap secured to the fixture outlet box as shown in Fig. 5-33. 2. Apply caulking around base of light fixture to insure a water tight seal to side wall. (NOTE: On units with Masonite or vinyl siding, make certain the flashing ring is installed around outlet box.) 3. Connect wires, black to black, white to white, and ground to ground, using wire nuts. 4. Push wires into box and secure fixture in position using the nut provided on the threaded tube. Install the bulb. VENTILATION OF SKIRTING AND CRAWL SPACE ENCLOSURE Skirting or other crawl space enclosures, such as founda- tions, not only add to the appearance of the home but also provide important benefits in the reduction of heat loss. Enclosures also aid in reducing the danger and inconve- nience of damaged plumbing through freeze-up. Skyline Corporation recommends enclosing the underside of the home; however, it is very important that any enclosure be adequately ventilated. Ventilation openings need to be provided in the foundation or skirting along at least the two long walls of the home. The total area of ventilation open- ings should be at least 1 square foot for each 150 square feet of crawlspace area. An opening should be located within 3 ft. of each corner. PORCHES AND DECKS Some Skyline manufactured homes are constructed with factory -built porches or decks along the front, rear or main entry door side of the home. Porches and decks may be constructed with pressure treated wood floors which readily permit the passage of rain and/or snow through the floor. The area under porches or decks constructed with pressure treated decking lumber must be separated from the crawl space enclosure of the remainder of the home. Excessive moisture in the crawl space can be the cause of window or ceiling condensation and other problems associated with high moisture levels in the home. 43 FACTORY INSTALLED NOTE: SOME LIGHTS WILL USE LIGHT BOX TWO BOLTS WHICH THREAD INTO THE MOUNTING STRAP IN LIEU OF THE THREADED ROD ILLUSTRATED &// 8 FIG. 5-33 THREADED ROD VENTILATION OF SKIRTING AND CRAWL SPACE ENCLOSURE Skirting or other crawl space enclosures, such as founda- tions, not only add to the appearance of the home but also provide important benefits in the reduction of heat loss. Enclosures also aid in reducing the danger and inconve- nience of damaged plumbing through freeze-up. Skyline Corporation recommends enclosing the underside of the home; however, it is very important that any enclosure be adequately ventilated. Ventilation openings need to be provided in the foundation or skirting along at least the two long walls of the home. The total area of ventilation open- ings should be at least 1 square foot for each 150 square feet of crawlspace area. An opening should be located within 3 ft. of each corner. PORCHES AND DECKS Some Skyline manufactured homes are constructed with factory -built porches or decks along the front, rear or main entry door side of the home. Porches and decks may be constructed with pressure treated wood floors which readily permit the passage of rain and/or snow through the floor. The area under porches or decks constructed with pressure treated decking lumber must be separated from the crawl space enclosure of the remainder of the home. Excessive moisture in the crawl space can be the cause of window or ceiling condensation and other problems associated with high moisture levels in the home. 43 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES ELECTRIC DRYER VENTING Homes factory equipped with an electric dryer receptacle will also have the moisture -lint exhaust system roughed -in. To complete the moisture -lint exhaust system the following must be performed: 1. Remove the covers over the vent hole in the floor. 2. Push the duct through the hole provided in the floor and connect to the dryer in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Some dryer manufacturers require that metallic duct be connected to the dryer and routed through floors and/or sidewalls. 3. Secure the termination fitting at the outside edge of the floor: NOTE: The termination fitting must be installed such that the dryer does not exhaust beneath the home. This may be accomplished by attaching the fitting to a piece of exterior grade plywood or, if the home is skirted, directly to the skirting. 4. Secure the flexible duct to the termination fitting with the provided clamp. (Do not use sheet metal screws or other devices which extend into the interior of the duct.) 5. Seal the duct penetration through the floor with a good grade of caulking. CAUTION: MATERIALS WHICH MAY BE PROVIDED FOR THE MOISTURE -LINT EXHAUST SYSTEM ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF GAS DRYERS. GAS DRYER INSTALLATION Homes factory equipped with a gas dryer will also have the moisture -lint exhaust duct and termination fitting provided. To complete a roughed -in system follow steps 1-5 under Electric Dryer Venting. Homes with "stubbed -in" gas service will also have the moisture -lint exhaust system roughed -in. However, the exhaust duct and termination fitting are not provided. Such termination fitting should be supplied with dryer at time of installation. The gas connection and completion of the mois- ture -lint exhaust system must be made by qualified personnel in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions. The gas connection must be tested (See Utility Hook-up and Testing) prior to use of the appliance. To com- plete the moisture -lint exhaust system, follow steps 1-5 under Electric Dryer Venting. GRILL/RANGE VENTING When a home is provided with a combination range (cook top)/grill that contains its own exhaust system, the exhaust must be routed such that it does not terminate beneath the home. To complete the exhaust system the following must be performed: 1. Remove the cover on the factory installed exhaust pipe protruding from beneath the floor in the vicinity of the range. 2. Secure the provided termination fitting at the outside edge of the floor. 3. Run the provided flexible metallic duct between the elbow protruding from the floor and the termination fitting. Sup- port the duct and make the connections per the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the grill/range. GAS WATER HEATING VENTING Homes factory equipped with certain types of gas water heaters may require special provisions to ensure proper ventilation. If the gas water heater installed in your home is not independently vented to the exterior of the home through a grilled opening in an exterior water heater door, then the following provisions must be followed. A. If the home is set on a crawlspace, or piers and skirting are used, then an air intake opening with a minimum free area of 32 square inches must be provided in the foundation wall or skirting. If the opening is covered by louvers or screen, the total free area must be 32 square inches. The air intake opening should be located as close as practical to the water heater location. B. If your home is set on a basement and a factory installed basement exterior venting system has not been provided, then the following steps must be taken: 1. Fabricate a plenum box to encompass the air inlet assembly without alteration to the air inlet assembly itself. This plenum must have a minimum horizontal dimension of eight (8) inches. The minimum clearance between the air inlet assembly and the inner wall of the plenum shall be two (2) inches. The vertical height of the plenum shall be as neces- sary to accommodate the air inlet assembly without alteration. The air inlet assembly is a round tube that is extended from the bottom of the water heater through the floor. 2. To ensure proper air entry into the fabricated plenum box, a 6 inch minimum round (or equivalent cross-sectional area) duct is required. The duct shall be of a smooth surface, rigid variety (no flex pipe) and shall be connected to the plenum in a manner that does not reduce the cross sectional area of the pipe. 3. The air inlet shall be of damperless type and provide a free area not less than the cross-sectional area of the duct. A screen, if used, shall be 1/4 x 1/4 inch minimum. 44 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued) PADDLE FAN INSTALLATION FOR DOUBLE -WIDE HOMES WIRED FOR -MOUNTING ON CENTER BEAM A. FLUSH RIDGE BEAM 4. a. Insert the ceiling wire through a knock out hole in the side of the electrical box. NOTE: It may be necessary to For proper ceiling fan installation, an electric outlet box cut a notch from the top on the supply wire side of the and the decorative center beam to contain the box have been center beam hole to allow the supply wire to be inserted in provided for attachment to the ridge beam at the unit electrical box without binding against center beam during centerline. installation. CAUTION: BEFORE FOLLOWING THE STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURE, BE SURE THAT POWER TO FAN WIRE IS OFF. 1 1. Remove the fan manufacturer's installation instructions from the package and determine the method of fan attach- ment to the beam. (Also see Fig. 6-1 below.) 2. If the center beam (shipped loose) does not contain a precut hole for the electrical box, cut a hole with a hole saw approximately 1/4" larger than the box diameter at the proper location (center line of hole should line up with location of supply wire through ceiling) and centered in the width of the beam. b. Leave approximately 4" of wire free in the box. 5. Secure the center beam in place over the center line joint. Be sure that the fan supply wire is not pinched or penetrated with beam fasteners. 6. Secure electrical box to ridge beam with #8 x 2 1/2" wood screws through the two holes in the top of the box. 7. Strip about 3/4" of insulation from the white and black conductor ends. 8. Position the noncombustible flash ring (provided) over the electrical box so that finished surface (adjacent to electrical box) which is to be covered by fan canopy is not exposed. 3. Install the box in the hole and secure flange (plastic box g. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for only) to the center beam with 4 - #6 x 1" screws. mounting the fan assembly to the box and for electrical wiring of the fan. Use provided electrical connectors for splicing wire. Be certain that the fan is grounded as speci- fied in manufacturer's instructions and that wires are connected properly (white to white and black to black). CEILING BOARD ` SUPPLY WIRE COILED & / SECURED FOR SHIPMENT NOTCH BEAM AT HOLE IF NECESSARY FOR WIRE CHASE SECURE BOX TO 2x6 CENTER BEAM WITH 4- #6x1" WOOD SCREWS (FIELD INSTALLED) NOTE: APPLICABLE TO U.L. LISTED PADDLE FAN WITH A SWIVEL TYPE MOUNTING BRACKET. FIG 6-1 t' DOUBLE WIDE RIDGE BEAM 2x6 CENTER BEAM — SHIPPED LOOSE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION _ HOLE FOR BOX CUT THROUGH 2x6 (MAY BE CUT IN PLANT OR IN. FIELD) SECURE BOX TO RIDGE BEAM WITH 2-#8x2 1/2" WOOD SCREWS (FIELD INSTALLED) ELECTRICAL BOX (SEE NOTE 1) SUPPLY WIRE INSERTED IN FIELD THROUGH SIDE KNOCKOUT OF BOX 45 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued) B. PROTRUDING RIDGE BEAM For proper ceiling fan installation, a prefabricated box has been provided and includes the electrical box for containment of the spliced wires with their connectors. The prefab box is also designed to conceal the wire which is run through the ceiling where the fan is to be located. CAUTION: BEFORE FOLLOWING THE STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURE, BE SURE THAT POWER TO FAN WIRE IS OFF. 1. Remove the fan manufacturer's installation instructions from the package and determine the method of fan attach- ment to the beam. (Also see Fig. 6-2). 2. Insert the ceiling wire through a side knock out hole in the electrical box. Secure the wire in the electrical box clamp at a point approximately 4" from its end. FAN WIRE FROM CEILIF 3. Place the prefab box in its final position on the beam and secure the box to the beam with #6x2" wood screws (pro- vided) in the metal corner braces. 4. Strip about 3/4" of insulation from the white and black con- ductor ends. 5. Position the noncombustible flash ring (provided) over the electrical box so that the finished surface (adjacent to electri- cal box) which is to be covered by fan canopy is not exposed. 6. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for mount- ing the fan assembly to the box and for electrical wiring of the fan. Use provided electrical connectors for splicing wires. Be certain that fan is grounded as specified in manufacturer's instructions and that wires are connected properly (white to white and black to black). ELECTRICAL BOX -"- `1� CLAMP WIRE AT BOX INLET: CLAMP PROVIDED WITH BOX. FIG. 6-2 (4" MIN. FREE CABLE IN BOX) C. FALSE RIDGE BEAM For proper ceiling fan installation, an electrical box and a decorative foam block have been provided for attachment to the false beam at the unit centerline. The prefab box is also designed to conceal the wire which is run through the ceiling where the fan is to be located. CAUTION: BEFORE FOLLOWING THE STEP-BY-STEP PROCEDURE, BE SURE THAT POWER TO FAN WIRE IS OFF. 1. Remove the fan manufacturer's installation instructions from the package and determine the method of fan attach- ment to the beam (See Fig. 6-2A). 2. After ridge beam halves have been secured together, fasten bottom halves of false beam together with 16d nails 16" o.c. (max). 3. Attach gypsum close -off panel (provided) with staples 6" o.c. around perimeter. 4. Secure decorative foam block to false beam with 2-16d nails or 2-#8x3" screws. 5. Attach electrical box (U.L. listed for use with paddle fan) per its listing (installation) requirements (provided). 46 PRE -FAB BOX FASTENED TO BEAM w/2 -#6X2" SCREWS EACH SIDE 6. Strip about 3/4" of insulation from the white and black conductor ends. 7. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions for mount- ing the fan assembly to the box and for electrical wiring of the fan. Use provided electrical connectors for splicing wires. Be certain that fan is grounded as specified in manufacturer's instructions and that wires are connected properly (white to white and black to black). Ridge Beam False Beam Toe -nail bottom halves of—�� - ��— Electrical wire -factory false beam together w/ installed paddle pan. 16d nails 16" o.c. � Decorative foam block. Gypsum close -off yp Fasten to beam w/2 -16d panel -fasten to �� ® nails or 2-#8xY screws. false beam w/ staples 6" o.c. around perimeter. O Electric box - U.L. listed for use with paddle fan. Secure to false beam per FIG. 6-2A its installation require- ments. INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued) AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION (Factory Provided Circuits) THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM TO ARTICLE 440 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRI- CAL CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. Factory installed branch circuits for air condition- ing are indicated on the data plate under the head- ing "Rating of Factory Installed Circuit." The maxi- mum full load ampere draw for the desired air conditioning unit must not exceed the indicated branch circuit rating. "A" coil air conditioning units installed must be listed for use with the furnace in this home; for air conditioning installation, see the instructions shipped with the air conditioner. If a self-contained air conditioner is to be installed and connected to the heating supply duct the installa- tion must include a damper beneath the furnace to prevent cool air from "backing -up" into the furnace during the cooling mode and a damper at the air conditioner supply to prevent heated air from "back- ing -up" into the air conditioner during the heating mode. It is recommended to wrap the dampers with insulation. The electrical connection is via a branch circuit terminating in a Junction box beneath the home (See Fig: 6-3). The field installation wiring beyond the junction box must incorporate a fused discon- nect (sized in accordance with NEC Article 440) located within sight of the condensing unit. The maximum fuse size to be used with fused discon- nect is marked on the condenser data plate. The acceptability of the air conditioning equipment, rating the location of disconnect means, fuse type branch circuit protection, and connections to the equipment are to be determined by the local in- spection authority. For some models the electrical connection is made to the home via a separate rigid conduit. The conduit is 1" and is run from the panelboard and terminates below the bottom board. A PVC cap is cemented to the end of the conduit and this must be cut off to provide access to the panel board. Wiring is then installed from the panelboard to the air conditioner per all applicable NEC & local codes and all requirements listed above. Condensation should not be allowed to drain under home. NOTE: REFER TO N.E.C. AND AIR COND. INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIRE- MENTS DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD FIELD PROVIDED ------- ----�& INSTALLED JUNCTION BOX- + FUSED DISCONNECT BENEATH HOME REMOTE CONDENSING CONDUIT UNIT u=n,=ui=ni=ni =ni FIG. 6-3 NOTE: THE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. 1. On models equipped for installation of optional evaporative cooler, install the roof -mounted cooler according to the instructions with the cooler. For coolers without an integral air duct the cooler box shall be lined with .016 in. metal. The factory installed branch circuit for the cooler is sized for a maximum cooler electrical load of 12 amperes. 120 V. AC, 60 Hz. 2. Remove the cover from the roof -mounted junction box and make the connection of the color -coded wires using the provided wire nuts. The electrical portion of the installation is now complete (See Fig. 6-4). COLOR CODE WHITE................................. :................. Neutral YELLOW................................................ Pump BLACK................................................... High Fan RED....................................................... Low Fan GREEN.................................................. Ground EVAPORATIVE COOLER LOCATED ON ROOF OF HOME WEATHERPROOF BOX • ROOF • JACK ROOF - FIG. 6-4 47 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued) STANDARD BLEND -AIR INSTALLATION WITH DEALER INSTALLED EXTERIOR HEATING/COOLING Figure 6-5 below depicts the Evcon Standard Blend -Air installation used with homes designed for dealer installed exterior heating -cooling systems. The Evcon Standard Blend -Air unit provides whole - house ventilation and is designed to operate when the exterior heating or cooling system is in use. The following information is important when electri- cally interconnecting the Standard Blend -Air with the exterior heating -cooling unit system: Chase fully enclosing flex duct. ' Standard Blend -A Access panel r exposing damn assembly. Grille with filter to Blend Air filo 4 -Wire thermostat cable to outdoor unit. See manufai turer instructions t wiring to exterior heat -cooling unit= Roof Line 1. The Standard Blend -Air must be connected to a heating -cooling unit with transformer having at least a 40 Va. Capacity. 2. The wiring of 4 -wire thermostat cable from the Blend -Air control to the exterior heating -cooling controls is to be as follows: -Green Connector - blower continuous run -Red connector - 24 v. supply -White connector - system heating -Yellow connector - system cooling Ceiling Cavity Return Air alled 4 -wire thermostat oor thermostat. IX tight (except @ air & grille with filter). Note: The Unit must be operated from one transformer having at least 40 Va. Capacity. 48 FIG. 6-5 --- ' Factory ins it control box cable to inc moved, er tube (Access Box aii 'r) return or Return Air alled 4 -wire thermostat oor thermostat. IX tight (except @ air & grille with filter). Note: The Unit must be operated from one transformer having at least 40 Va. Capacity. 48 FIG. 6-5 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued) EXPANDING ROOMS, SLIDE -OUTS, ETC. Where optional expanding rooms, slide -outs, tip -outs, etc. are provided, specific instructions and directions are provided for proper installation and set-up. INSTALLATION OF SITE INSTALLED ATTACHED STRUCTURES All site installed attached structures, including garages, porches, steps, stairways and landing must be designed and constructed to support all of their own dead load and all of the live load to which it will be subjected. Attached structures should be constructed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and all applicable local codes. In particular, attached garages generally require fire protection and GFCI electrical circuit protection as required by local code. INSTALLATION OF SITE BUILT ATTACHED GARAGE ON GARAGE READY UNITS Neoutside area of the home that is covered with gypsu in ed to be the area for installation of a site built gara The rage that is to be built MUST BE COMPLETELY LF SUP TING (See paragraph above). No part of t manufa red home may be used for structural su rt of the garage. a garage shall be designed and cons ted to meet all a 'cable building codes. Before startin onstruction of the garage: 07 1. The soil mu a graded on all sides annel storm runoff away fr the home a/theage. 2. Remove the to rary transpover. Note that early removal of cover mdamage to the gypsum board if le xposedments. Two electrical circuits h n factory provided to service the garage. One circuit wi 15 amp, and one will be 20 amp. The 20 amp circuit a GFCI protected and is dedicated to the garage a. a 15 amp circuit is for lighting ONLY. The el ical ci its will be wired to junction box(es) that are inst d inside t floor and adjacent to the exterior wall at the age area. A amp GFCI protected receptacle has b installed in the erior wall at the garage area. If the home a factory built dormer ended for attach- ment of a sit uilt garage, then 8 to 24 i es of shingles will be left off t edge of the dormer. These s les are left off to more e y facilitate the interconnection o e garage and the hom Therefore, the remaining shingles f e dormer must b field installed. Install the remaining shin and com a the valley construction per page 38 and t hingle ma acturer's instruction or per the Asphalt Roofing u - f rers Association (ARMA) Residential Asphalt Roofi nual. HINGED ROOFS AND EAVES Where optional hinged roof and/or hinged or prefabricated field installed eaves are provided, supplemental installation instructions are provided. CEILING (PADDLE) FANS Site provided and installed ceiling fans are to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. To reduce the risk of injury, the minimum dimension from the trailing edge of the fan blade to the floor must be in accor- dance with the manufacturer's requirements. TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV Careless installation of telephone and cable television lines may be hazardous. Electrical circuits, plumbing and duct work are contained in the floor and walls of the home. Avoid contact with these systems when drilling into and placing cables in these cavities. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. FIREPLACE INSTALLATION Because of transportation restrictions, fireplaces require on- site installation of additional section(s) of approved, listed chimney pipe, a spark arrestor and a rain cap assembly. The fireplace manufacturer's installation instructions and all required components for proper installation are included in each home with a fireplace. SITE INSTALLED FIREPLACE HEARTH EXTENSION The home will be shipped with fireplace installed. The blocking between the bottom of the fireplace and the floor shall be removed. The carpet where the hearth is going to be placed shall be removed. A bead of noncombustible fireplace mortar or gasket cement shall be run to seal the joint between hearth extension and face of the fireplace. The edge of the hearth extension shall be placed under the fireplace surround and centered in front of the fireplace. The carpet tackstrip shall then be placed around the hearth to secure it. (See Fig. 6-6). 49 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (Continued) FIELD INSTALLED TERMINATION OF FIREPLACE CHIMNEY. Termination cap - field installed Storm collar - fit Flashing - field installed Top section of flue pil installed Factory installed tl 10 feet or less Factory installed flue pipe Truss (typical) am (typical) Upper and side shingles overlap- -------- -- verlap___________ ; flange and are set in asphalt/' Flue pipe cement r` r Lower part of flange overlaps lower shingles SHINGLE INSTALLATION AROUND FLUE PIPE '. r 1) Install shingles up to edge of factory cut-out in roof decking. Cut shingles installed under roof flashing are set in asphalt cement. 2) Place flashing over pipe section and shingle and set in asphalt cement. Tack flashing to roof deck at top 2 corners with roofing nails. 3) Resume shingle application. Cut shingles in successive courses to fit around the pipe and embed them in asphalt cement where they overlap the flashing. Secure shingles with roofing nails through flashing and apply asphalt cement over nail heads. 4) The completed installation should appear as shown above, with the lower part of the flange overlapping the lower shingles and the side and upper shingle overlapping the flange. NOTES: N 1) The upper portion of the fireplace chimney assembly has been left off due to transportation height restrictions. a, 2) The final section of flue pipe, roof flashing, storm collar and termination cap for the fireplace are required to be field installed. 3) Remove temporary close -off material from roof and top of flue pipe that has been factory installed. 4) Install parts listed in 2 above per the fireplace manufacturer's Installation instructions. 5) Install roof shingles around chimney pipe per instructions above or per ARMA residential asphalt roofing manual instructions. 6) All required parts for completion of chimney have been shipped with the home, including the manufacturer's installa- tion instructions. 7) Applicable only to Coleman Deluxe II model, 36ECMII solid fuel burning fireplace. 8) All other aspects of the setup of the home are to be in accor- dance with this manual. 50 WARNING This appliance has been shipped with the flue assembly partially disassembled. The flue assembly must be completed in accordance with the installation instructions prior to use of this appliance. The label above has been placed on the fireplace in your home if the chimney assembly is required to be field completed. CHAPTER 7 UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING Many local jurisdictions have special requirements for utility connections and on-site inspection of these connections. Consult with the proper authorities prior to utility connection. Use only qualified service personnel, familiar with local codes and licensed where required. The drainage and water systems were tested for leaks prior to shipment from the factory. It is essential that they be rechecked by qualified personnel for leaks that may have been caused by vibration during transportation. WATER The water system has been designed for an inlet water pressure of 80 psi. If the manufactured home is installed in areas where the water pressure exceeds 80 psi, a pressure reducing valve should be installed. The water system may be connected to any safe, potable water source. The connection is via a single 3/4 inch inlet beneath the home. A master shut- off full flow valve must be installed in the water supply line adjacent to the home; this valve should be a full port gate or ball valve with threaded or solder joints. After removing the aerators from all the faucets, open all the faucet valves and allow the water to run for 15 minutes. This should remove any foreign particles left in the line that might cause an unpleasant taste or become lodged at faucet washers and cause dripping faucets. All exposed water piping subject to freezing should be protected by insulation and electric heat tapes (with an integral thermostat) listed for use with manufactured homes. It is recommended that only UL listed heat tapes be used and installed in accordance with their installation instructions. DRAINAGE — CONNECTION The drainage connection is made at the 3 -inch main drain outlet. Care should be exercised to slope and support the drain line from the home to the site sewage`system (1/4" per foot slope). DANGER: IMPROPER OR INADEQUATE TESTING, CON- NECTION OR MODIFICATION OF ANY PART OF GAS OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, ESPECIALLY BY UNQUALIFIED PERSONNEL, MAY BE EXTREMELY DANGEROUS AND MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. DRAINAGE — 1, 1 1/2,11 3/4 & 2 BATH When applicable the parts required to bring all drain lines to a single point are provided as follows: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. 1/4 pint of ABS solvent cement. 3. 10 feet of 3/4" x 28 gauge plumbing strap. 4. Ten 1/4" x 1" stove bolts. The procedure for bringing all drain lines to a single point is as follows: 1. Remove caps on drain outlets and connect supplied parts together as shown by the drain line schematic shipped with the house. (Do not apply cement). 2. Check to be sure that the assembly has the proper 1/4 inch drop per foot. 3. Mark each joint to aid in reassembly. Start at outlet end of system and remove, cement and reassemble each slip joint one at a time. Be sure to apply the cement on both male and female ends with a good even coating. 4. Using the 3/4" x 28 gauge strapping, strap the drain line to the center crossmembers of the frame placing a strap at each member (4 feet apart). Use a 1/4" x 1" stove bolt to secure strap in place. 5. Connect home drain to site sewage system as for single bath previously discussed. 6. Check completed system for leaks. GAS — The gas piping system was designed for a range of 7 to 10 1/2" of water column for natural gas and 11 to 14" of water column for LP gas. The manufactured home gas supply pressure must be within this range for safe and efficient operation of the gas piping system. 51 UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued) The gas piping system was pressure tested for leaks prior 3. Check the gauge after 10 minutes; there should be no drop to shipment; however, it is essential that the system be j in pressure. retested by qualified personnel for leaks prior to use. (Many' utility companies require this on-site test.) The instructions 4. Check the piping to appliances by pressurizing to at least printed on the tag near the gas supply connection must be 10 inches but no more than 14 inches water column and followed (See Fig. 7-1). applying a bubble solution to all joints and flexible connec- tors. In some localities, utility companies and/or building inspectors may require additional tests as follows: 1. Isolate all appliances with appliance shut-off valves. PRESSURE SHALL BE MEASURED WITH A MERCURY MANOMETER OR SLOPE GAUGE CALIBRATED IN INCREMENTS OF NOT GREATER THAN 1/10 POUND. 2. Pressurize the system to 3 psi and isolate the source of pressure from the gas piping. 52 CAUTION: DO NOT PRESSURIZE THE SYSTEM ABOVE THE PRESSURES STATED ABOVE. The connection to the gas supply should be made only by authorized representatives of the utility. NOTE: BEFORE A TEST IS BEGUN, THE TEMPERATURE OF THE AMBIENT AIR AND OF THE PIPING SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY THE SAME — CONDUCT THE TEST AT SUCH A TIME DURING THE DAY WHEN AIR TEMPERA- TURES WILL REMAIN CONSTANT. Combination LP — Gas and Natural Gas System This gas piping system is designed for use of either liquefied petroleum gas or natural gas. NOTICE: BEFORE TURNING ON GAS BE CERTAIN APPLIANCES ARE DE- SIGNED FOR THE GAS CONNECTED AND ARE EQUIPPED WITH CORRECT ORIFICES. SECURELY CAP THIS INLET WHEN NOT CONNECTED FOR USE. When connecting to lot outlet, use a listed gas supply connector for manufactured homes rated at ❑ 100,000 Btuh or more. ❑ 250,000 Btuh Before turning on gas, make certain all gas connections have been made tight, all appliance valves are turned off, and any unconnected outlets are capped. After turning on gas, testas piping and connections to appliances for leakage with soapy water or bubble solution, and light all pilots. Fig. 7-1 NOTE: DO NOT BUBBLE CHECK BRASS GAS LINE FITTINGS WITH SOLUTIONS CONTAINING AMMONIA. UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued) ELECTRICAL ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. The electrical supply connection to the manufactured home may be made by any of the following methods depending on the manufactured home construction and electrical service: a. Listed 50 ampere manufactured home power supply cord (50 amp service only) b. Permanent feeder connected to a factory installed mast weatherhead assembly. The routing, connection and support of the service drop is to be in accordance with local codes. Permanent feeder routed to the distribution panel through the factory installed feeder raceway which terminates beneath the manufactured home. A function box or approved fitting must be used to connect the manufac- tured home feeder raceway to the supply raceway beneath the manufactured home. The proper feeder conductor sizes and the required junction box sizes are given in Table 7. After the connection has been made, the following tests should be conducted using approved test equipment: 1. Continuity test of circuit conductors 2. Polarity test 3. Continuity test of electrical grounding system OUTSIDE DISTRIBUTION PANEL BOARD Accessibility to distribution panel board, and the use of unit switches as disconnect means, is subject to the requirements of the local inspection authority. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TEST With approved testing equipment, the following tests should be performed before connecting to the power source: • Continuity Test of Circuit Conductors A continuity test with all branch circuit breakers and switches controlling individual outlets in the "on" position should be conducted. There should be no evidence of connection between any of the supply conductors (including neutral) and the grounding circuit. • Continuity Test of Electrical Grounding System All noncurrent carrying metal parts of the electrical system including fixtures, appliances and the chassis of the home should be tested for continuity with the grounding circuit. The following test should be conducted after connecting and energizing the electrical system: • Polarity and Grounding Tests of 15 and 20 AMP Receptacle Outlets With circuits and lighting circuits energized, use a recep- tacle polarity tester to check polarity and grounding of each receptacle outlet. MANUFACTURED HOME ELECTRICAL SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS TABLE 7 MAXIMUM LOAD & MAIN BREAKER SIZE (AMP) CONDUCTOR SIZE1(AWG) (TWO LINE AND ONE NEUTRAL) GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZE (AWG) FACTORY INSTALLED FEEDER RACEWAY TRADE SIZE (IN.) MINIMUM JUNCTION BOX SIZE 50 #6 #10 1 " 6"x6"x6" 100 #3 #8 1-1/4" 8"x8"x4" 125 #2 #6 1-1/2" 10"x10" x4" 150 2-1 /0 & 142 #6 1-1/2" 10"x 10"x4" 200 2-3/0 & 1-1/0 #6 2" 12"x 12"x4" 225 2-3/0 & 1-1/0 #4 2-1/2" 15"x12"x4" 1. Conductor size and feeder raceway sized for copper, 75 degree C rated conductors, types RH, RHH, RHW without outer covering, THW or XHHW. WARNING CARELESS INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE AND CABLE TELEVISION LINES MAY BE HAZARDOUS. The manufac- tured home walls contain electrical circuits and the floor section may contain electrical circuits, plumbing or duct work Extreme care must be exercised during drilling through and placing of communication cables within these cavities, to avoid contact with these home systems. Such work should be performed only by qualified personnel. FAILURE TO FOL- LOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. 53 UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued) Front or rear crossmembers Multisection Frame Bonding or any set of outriggers on opposite halves IB HALF nn A HALF I 54 Ground clamp with screw Ground wire should be the same used on panel box Typical Under Chassis Feed Connections d d FLOOR FLOOR a. Flex conduit e g b. Feeder conductors CONDUCTORS f c. Junction boxb d. Raceway / a B - Black "hot R -Red "hot" e. Conduit connector �/ W - White "neutral" e a f. Approved electrical G - Green "grounding" connectors b g. Insulated bushing / Typical Meter Base Installation and Grounding e - :f> BRANCH CIRCUIT 1,", MAINDISCONNECT METER BA GROUNDING EXTERIOR METER / PANEL BOX COMBINATION ELECTRODE OVERHEAD ENTRANCE SE JUMPER r MAIN PANEL ENCLOSURE ENTRY E AO PE r ONDEDTOGROUND NCLOSURE BAR METER BASE MAIN PANEL pp, METER BASE GROUNDING ELECTRODE 1U0111K f:. MAIN I_ PANEL BE UNDERGROUND ENTRANCE i230-26. MAIN PANEL METER SERVICE I BASE HEAD a STRAP n•- CONDUIT GROUNDING ELECTRODE ENTRANCE BELOW ROOF LINE UTILITY SYSTEM CONNECTION AND TESTING (Continued) ON ma 1. 3. METER BASE AND PANELBOARD WIRING WITH MASTHEAD ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED LY BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL. For homes with a factory installed meter base and sthead, the correct procedure for wiring is as follows: The outdoor (weatherproof) meter socket and service entrance panel may be mounted at any location on the exterior walls of the home with a fixed roof overhang. Bond the service entrance conduit to the service entrance panel with an insulated bonding & grounding bushing. Use #6 (AWG) copper between ground lug on the bushing & terminal on the panel. Use #4 (AWG) copper between ground lug on the bushing & terminal on the panel with 200 and 225 amp service. Where threaded coupling and threaded bosses on enclosures with joints exist, they shall be made up wrench -tight in lieu of grounding bushing and strap. A label is attached outside the home and near the service entrance conduit termination which reads: "This con- nection for 120/240 volt, 3 Pole, 3 Wire, 60 Hertz Ampere Service." The correct ampere rating is marked in the blank space. A red label is attached adjacent to the service entrance breaker, which states: "WARNING - Do not provide electrical power until grounding electrode is installed and connected (see installation instructions)." The grounding conductor shall be connected to the grounding fitting with suitable lugs, pressure connectors, and clamps. Connections depending on solder shall not be used. Rod and pipe electrodes shall not be less than 8 feet (2.44m) in length and shall consist of the following materials, and shall be installed in the following manner: (1) Electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller than 3/4 inch trade steel and, where of iron or steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or otherwise metal - coated for corrosion protection. (2) Electrodes of rods of steel or iron shall be at least 5/8 inch (15.87mm) in diameter. Nonferrous rods or their equivalent shall be listed and shall not be less than 1/ 2 inch (12.7mm) in diameter. (3) The electrode shall be installed such that at least 8 feet (2.44m) of length is in contact with the soil. It shall be driven to a depth of not less than 8 feet (2.44m) except that where rock bottom is encoun- tered, the electrode shall be driven at an oblique angle not to exceed 45 degrees from the vertical or shall be buried in a trench that is at least 2-1/2 feet (762mm) deep. The upper end of the electrode shall be flush with or below ground level. Other methods of grounding electrode shall be in accor- dance with National Electric Code Article 250, Part H. 6. Equipment grounding connectors shall be bare, covered, or insulated. Covers or insulation shall be continuous and green, or green with one or more yellow stripes. 7. Approved fittings to be site installed on end of service entrance conduit to protect cables from abrasion. 8. Connect feeder conduit to conduit stub at distribution panelboard. 9. See Fig. 7-2 below. Clamp -on weather head Service Entrance conduit (Rigid) RED 1-1/4" min. at 100 amp BLACK 1-1/2" min at 125 amp 1-1/2" min. at 150 amp WHITE 2" min. at 200 amp Roof flashing (neutral) 2-1/2" min at 225 amp 1/4"x 3" lag screws U.L. listed outdoor (Type 3R) X co meter socket and service o equipment panel. Pictorial o 2 hole galvanized only, actual equipment may pipe strap vary with each manufacturer. Field install 4 wire feeder to distribution panelboard. Use X Service Entrance Breaker copper 75 degree C rated conductors (types RH, RHH, M E RHW, w/o covering THW or XHHW). At 100 amp service - 343 (AWG) w/#8 (AWG) ground At 125 amp service - 342 (AWG) w/#6 (AWG) ground At 150 amp service - 2-1/0 (AWG),1-#2 (AWG) w/#6 (AWG) ground At 200 amp service - 2-3/0 (AWG), 1-1/0 (AWG) w/#6 Threaded Hub ... (AWG) ground At 225 amp service - 2-3/0 (AWG), 1 -1 /0 (AWG) w/#6 (AWG) ground Service grounding electrode conductor, #6 Conduit, rigid or Run feeder in Rigid or EMT g (AWG) bare copper. Coil 6' below floor to EMT. To be field conduit. grounding electrode. (Use #4 AWG with 200 or installed 1-1/4" min. at 100 amp 1-1/2" min. at 125 amp 225 amp service.) 1-1/2" min. at 150 amp 2" min. at 200 amp 2-1/2" min at 225 amp FIG. 7-2 55 CHAPTER 8 PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS If your home is destined to be set in Wind Zones II or III, then it has been designed to install protective window and door coverings, in the event of a windstorm. Two different types of protective coverings are available. Your home may have either, or both of these types. The first type of protective window covering is to attach plywood to a 2 x 4 member that has been installed around window and door openings. The plywood is attached to the 2 x 4 members with #8 wood screws. The type of plywood, screw length, and screw spacing will vary with the window or door size. See Table 8 for these requirements. Note that the window sizes listed in Table 8 are the small dimension of the window or door (See Figure 8-1). Large openings (such as sliding glass doors) are required to be covered with a plywood and lumber frame assembly. See Table 8 to determine when this is required, and Figure 8-2 for frame construction. FIG. 8-1 56 FIG. 8-2 Window Size. See 2x4 Receiver Plywood face grain Plywood I face grain I #8 wood screws. See Table 8 for size and spacing. 8. 2x2 any grade SPF Window Size. See Table 8. .1 CERT #09703 �'. STATE OF F-' NDIANP'V��: J' .............• f�0NAL '',1/11111 % 2x4 Receiver ' 3/8" plywood, APA Rated Exterior --------------- Sheathing with 20/0 span rating. I Fasten 2x2s to 2x4s with 2-8d `-----------------� nails at each connection. ' i• 6" O.C. —_ J / Plywood seam over 2x4. _ Plywood I / ----- facegrain--- ----j— --_ #8x3-1/2" wood screws, 6" o.c. ! \ / into 2x4 receiver. r---- --------- Fasten plywood to 2x framing members w/full PVA white glue #2 SPF 2x4s, laid flat, 16" o.c. and 6d nails or #8x2" screws 6" o.c. all around. PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued) TABLE 8 PLYWOOD TYPE REQUIREMENTS WIND ZONE II 1 WIND ZONE III MAXIMUM WINDOW SIZE STANDARD WALLAREA WALLAREA WITHIN 3' OF CORNER STANDARD WALLAREA WALLAREA WITHIN 3' OF CORNER WOOD SCREW SPACING 14.5" 1 1 1 1 16" O.C. 24.5" 2 3 3 4 16" O.C. 30.5" 4 5 5 7 16" O.C. 36.5" 6 7 6 8 12" O.C. 40" 7 8 8 9 12" O.C. 46.5" 8 10 10 10 10" O.C. 72" 10 10 10 10 6" O.C. 3' 3' 3' FIG. 8-3 1 3' In the event of a windstorm, the corners of this home will sustain higher wind pressure than the rest of the home. Therefore, it is required that windows and doors located within 3 feet of any corner be designed to withstand these higher pressures. Figure 8-3 shows the typical locations of the corners. Table 8 has separate columns indicating the plywood requirements for standard wall area and wall area that is within 3 feet of a corner. After the windstorm is over and the plywood has been removed, all holes made by the screws in the 2 x 4s should be filled with a weather -resistant caulk. 57 All plywood for protective window coverings is APA rated exterior sheathing. Thickness and span ratings will vary with window or door size. Plywood listed below, with a higher number than is required by Table 8, may be substituted for a lower numbered plywood. 1. 3/8" with 20/0 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2" wood screws. 2. 1/2" with'24/0 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2" wood screws. 3. 3/8" with 24/0 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2" wood screws. 4. 1/2" with 32/16 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2" wood screws.F! 5. 5/8" with 32/16 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2-1/4" wood screws. CERT 6. 3/4" with 40/20 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2-1/4" wood screws. _ #09703 7. 5/8" with 40/20 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2-1 /4" wood screws. _ -o cl= 8. 7/8" with 48/24 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2-1/2" wood screws. = STATE OF 9. 3/4" with 48/24 span rating. Fasten to receiver w/#8x2-1/4" wood screws. • iiy P �'.FJ'f' OIAN'•�V;.� 10. Plywood with wood frame required.ONAL 3'Q 3, 3' 3' 3' FIG. 8-3 1 3' In the event of a windstorm, the corners of this home will sustain higher wind pressure than the rest of the home. Therefore, it is required that windows and doors located within 3 feet of any corner be designed to withstand these higher pressures. Figure 8-3 shows the typical locations of the corners. Table 8 has separate columns indicating the plywood requirements for standard wall area and wall area that is within 3 feet of a corner. After the windstorm is over and the plywood has been removed, all holes made by the screws in the 2 x 4s should be filled with a weather -resistant caulk. 57 PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued) The second type of protective covering is to attach 3/4" plywood directly to the window frame. The plywood is attached to the window frame with #8 screws around the windows frame (top, bottom and sides). The specific instructions for each window manufacturer are shown below and on the next page. DANGER: STORM SHUTTERS CANNOT WITHSTAND SEVERE STORMS. TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH, CONTACT LOCAL EMERGENCY SERVICES NOW TO IDENTIFY EMERGENCY SHELTER IN THE EVENT OF SEVERE WEATHER. This direct fastening application was designed and tested for use on Philips Products series #22, 23 and 24 lap windows. Do not use on any other products. DUE TO THE LIMITED TIME BETWEEN WHEN A STORM INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING SHUTTERS ONTO A WARNING IS ISSUED AND WHEN THE STORM COULD HIT PHILIPS PRODUCTS LAP MOUNTED ALUMINUM WINDOW AT YOUR LOCATION, WE RECOMMEND YOU DO THE FOLLOWING BEFORE A STORM WARNING IS ISSUED: 1. For each window size, measure the width and height of the 1. Purchase #8 x 1" sheet metal screws (enough for all the windows). 2 2. Buy shutters and get them cut to size, and marked. The shutters must be 3/4" thick plywood. 3 3. Store shutters and screws together in a dry place where they will be accessible. 4 5 SCREW LOCATION DETAIL SCREW LOCATION DETAIL 6 3/8" (top & side 8" maximum 3/18" (bottom only) VERTICAL CROSS SECTION OF SHUTTER ATTACHED TO FRAME HEAD AND SILL WINDOW EXTERIOR FLANGE IMPORTANT: DUE TO THE SHORTNESS OF THE EXTERIOR FLANGE ON THE FRAME SILL, THIS DIMENSION MUST BE MAINTAINED. 58 3/18" (bottom only) exterior flange of the window. (These become the shutter dimensions.) Determine how many shutters of this size are needed and get them cut to the proper dimensions. Mark each shutter as to where on the home it goes, as well as marking which end goes up. Mark the screw locations on the shutter (as shown below). With the help of an assistant, lift the shutter up to the window and center it on the window. Position the shutter so that the bottom edge of the plywood is even with the bottom of the exterior flange of the frame sill. Fasten the shutter to the window with #8 x 1" sheet metal screws. Make certain the shutter does not shift out of HORIZONTAL CROSS SECTION OF A TYPICAL ALUMINUM WINDOW INSTALLATION VITH AN ATTACHED STORM SHUTTER ROUGH OPEN- ING STUD 7/16" HARDBOARD 3/8" (at top and sides) PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued) 500 AIRPORT DR. MANSFIELD, TEXAS 76063 (817)473-4421 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTIVE COVERING AS REQUIRED BY H.U.D. FOR ZONE II AND III The following pages illustrate the application of an exterior window protection in the event of storms (such as hurricanes) as required by H.U.D. Please Note: Installation of protective coverings (such as those listed below) will negate egress of the window. Homes with protective coverings (such as those listed below) cannot be occupied while the coverings are in place. Parts Required: 1.3/4" plywood —enough for each window in the home. 2. #8 x 1 " wood screws or longer (see below for quantity). The installation steps apply to both the vertical and horizontal sides of window. The size of the window will affect the number of fasteners needed. For windows with a face measurement of 30" wide by 30" high (or any smaller size), install 3 fasteners, spaced eight (8) to twelve (12) inches apart on the head and on the sill. Install four (4) fasteners, spaced eight (8) to twelve (12) inches apart on both the left and right frame sides. For windows larger than 30" x 30" with 46" x 60" being the maximum size, add one fastener to each side for each additional eight (8) to twelve (12) inches in width and height. To determine the plywood size, (use 3/4" thick plywood) measure the width and height of the outside (exposed) return fin (edge to edge). Position plywood over the window. With plywood supported, drive one fastener through the plywood and window return fin near center of the window sill. Repeat this procedure for the other required sill fasteners. With covering attached at sill, con- tinue driving fasteners around perimeter of the plywood using the above spacing formula. After the storm has passed, reverse the above procedure to remove Store materials for future use. 3/4 Ply Woo 7/16" TRIM—L}-AI HARDBOARD 7/16 ISI 7 Wood As Required By Design APPRO 1/2" F As Per MFG. Standard INTERIOR OF HOME WINDOWRETURN FIN #8x1" Screw @ 12" o.c. Max. 59 PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued) 500 AIRPORT DR. MANSFIELD, TEXAS 76063 (817)473- 4421 Installation of Protective Covering as required by H.U.D. for Zone II and III The following pages illustrate the application of an exterior window protection in the event of storms (such as hurricanes) as required by HUD. Please note: Installation of protective coverings (such as those listed below) will negate egress of the window. Homes with protective coverings (such as those listed below) cannot be occupied while the coverings are in place. Parts required: 1. 3/4" plywood — enough for each window in the home. 2. #8 x 1 1/4" OR 1 1/2" wood screws (see below for quantity). The installation steps apply to both the vertical and horizontal sides of windows. The size of the window will affect the number of fasteners needed. For windows with a face measurement of 30" wide x 30" high (or any smaller size), install 3 fasteners, spaced eight (8) to twelve (12) inches apart on the head and on the sill. Install four (4) fasteners, spaced eight (8) to twelve (12) inches apart on both the left and right frame sides. For windows larger than 30" x 30" with 46" x 60" being the maximum size, add one fastener to each side for each additional eight (8) to twelve (12) inches in width and height. To determine the plywood size, (use 3/4" thick plywood) measure the width and height of the return fin (edge to edge). Position plywood over the window. With plywood supported, drive one fastener through the plywood and window nailing fin near center of window sill. Repeat this procedure for the other required sill fasteners. With covering attached at sill, continue driving fasteners around perimeter of the plywood using the above spacing formula. After the storm has passed, reverse the above procedure to remove the covering. Store materials for future use. Be sure to fill all holes left by the removal of the screws with a suitable silicone type sealant. Material should have a long life rating. This will prevent water and air from entering the home. 60 Exterior Sheathing LVINYL WINDOW FRAME 3/4" PLYWOOD #8x1 1/4" SCREW @ 12" O.C. MAX WINDOW RETURN FIN VINYL 01 "- AS PER MFG STANDARD HOME INTERIOR WOOD AS READ: BY DESIGN Exterior Sheathing B-17-94 PROTECTIVE WINDOW COVERINGS (Continued) Protective coverings may also be installed over doors and sliding glass doors in a different manner than described previously. First, remove the mounting screws holding the door frame to the exterior wall. Then place the plywood (or wood frame) from Table 8 over the door opening and fasten the plywood and door frame back into the wall studs through the same holes in the door frame. Use #8 x 3" wood screws 12" o.c. for doors. Use #8 x 4" wood screws 6" o.c. for sliding glass doors. See Figure 8-6 for a typical application of this type of protective covering. Door Size Screws 12" x4" s 6" o.c. for s door Door Frame Wall Studs #8 x 3" Wood Screws 12" o.c. max. #8 x 4" Wood Screws 6" o.c. for a sliding glass door. ,,%%►►tirtrrii SECTION B -B CERT ' #09703 �'. STATE OF zNOIANP FIG. 8-6 Due to the limited time between when a storm warning is issued and when the storm could hit at your location, Skyline recom- mends that the items necessary for the protective coverings be purchased and prepared before a storm warning is issued. Cut plywood to size and mark it relative to window/door location. Store plywood and fasteners together in a dry place where it will be accessible. Once the protective coverings have been installed, the home should not be occupied. 61 CHAPTER 9 FINAL INSPECTION Make a final inspection when home installation is complete to make sure that no items have been overlooked and that all work was done properly. Place special emphasis on the following "checklist" items: Water and Drain System. All water and drain systems work properly and do not leak. Appliance Function and Operation. All fixtures and appli- ances have been tested and work properly. Windows, Doors and Drawers. All windows, doors and drawers work properly. Egress Windows. One window in each bedroom is designated as a secondary exit to be used in case of emergency. Each exit window is labeled as such with operating instructions. All shipping hardware should be removed, and the window should operate as explained in the window manufacturer's instructions. Exterior Siding and Trim. There are no gaps, voids, or missing fasteners, and all seams are sealed. Stack Heads and Vent Pipe Flashings on Roof. All stack head or vent pipe flashings are properly attached and sealed. Composition Roof. All shingles are properly attached, none are loose or missing, and all holes are filled. Skirting Ventilation. The skirting around the home has non - closing vents, located at or near each corner as high as pos- sible to cross -ventilate the entire space under the home. The free area of these vents must be equal to at least one - square foot for every 150 square feet of floor area of the home. The vent size must be increased to allow for insect screens, slats, louvers, etc., used over the open vent area. Low -Hanging Trees and Bushes. If there are any low -hanging trees or bushes near the home, trim or cut them. Think about the plants' possible movement during windy conditions or when covered by snow or ice. Exhaust Fan Operation and Air Flow. Check all exhaust fans for proper operation and air flow. Bottomboard. Carefully inspect the bottom covering of the home for loosening or tears from installation of pipes or wires. Seal openings around the floor perimeter, pipes or pipe hangers and splits or tears with weather -resistant tape. Anchors and Straps. Be sure the correct number of anchors have been installed at the proper angle, and that all straps have been tightened. Interior Details. Inspect for, and correct, all interior finishing details, such as loose molding, carpet seams, etc. The retailers' representative should inspect the home with the homeowner, give the homeowner a copy of the Homeowner's Manual, and brief the homeowner about maintaining the home. INSTALLATION INSPECTION CHECKLIST TO ENSURE PROPER HOME INSTALLATION AND HOMEOWNER SATISFACTION, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE CHECKED DURING OR PROMPTLY AFTER THE INSTALLATION AND BEFORE THE HOMEOWNER TAKES POSSESSION: INSTALLATION/PLACEMENT: INTERIOR Cl Alignment/Close-Off DW ❑ Ceiling Cl Level ❑ Trim ❑ Foundation ❑ Electrical Systems/Fixtures ❑ Tie -Downs ❑ Cabinets ❑ Furniture UTILITY CONNECTIONS ❑ Keys ❑ All Warranties ❑ Fuel ❑ Paneling ❑ Water ❑ Floor Covering/ Cl Electric ❑ Drapes ❑ Sewage ❑ Doors ❑ Cross -Over Duct ❑ Plumbing ❑ Appliances EXTERIOR ❑ All Manuals ❑ Doors ❑ Windows ❑ Roof ❑ Siding/Trim 62 �LIl IlTED 63 BRINGING AMERICA How3PINGING AMERICA FUN. Corporate Office — P.O. Box 743 — Elkhart, Indiana 46515 01/07/05 • Com- 0 !Gf C� v✓'�5 Nof 1 3 -- 3 7¢ / % '75 �8893G 18$�j37 — ?b A fa 41f PERMIT NO. 4679 i%P,E PERMIT EXPIRES 7 -I -A (OWNER Howard Bell 'CONTR. owner LOCATION (A.P. 72-15-13 port. N/S Mission Olive, app. 2 mi.E.of Foothill, Oroville .; IV Temp. Power Pole Called PG&E Temp. Elec. Serv. 0-/,1-Z/— Called PG&E -/Y-/ —7 Temp. Gas Serv. Called PG&E ' 17- -1---7(- �` 7-'8"0 7 4 JOBFIINALED %-A 1-4 (J A6 1f 1 ( ate) (Sign ure) COUNTY OF,BUTTE — DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING INSPECTION RECORD BUILDING BUILDING (Cont'd) Mesh PLUMBING Setback Firewall Soil Piping Cooling Forms Parapets 1st Floor Ventilation Main'Bldg. Restroom Finish 2nd Floor REMARKS OR CORRECTIONS Footings Windows 3rd Floor StemwalI Siding To out Slab Roof Sheathing Water Piping — —14— 7Z. Piers Piers Roofing Sewer — Z—Z 76 Garage Fdn. Vents Fixtures Footings StemwaI I Garage Vents Insulation Water Htr. Heaters Slab Carport Footings Prov. for physically handica ed Conformance of ex. structure Appliances Gas Pip!n Temp. Gas 8 Test Slab Final Sanitation Patio FIREPLACE Final Footings Footing ELECTRICAL Masonry Walls Throat Rough Reinf. Steel Final Fixtures Bond Beam FIRE SPRINKLERS Motors Framing Test Water Htr. Stucco Final Mesh MECHANICAL Scratch Heating Brown Cooling Finish Ducts Interior Lath Ventilation Door Closer Final DATE REMARKS OR CORRECTIONS Yj Y t� !� � ✓1 jrA � � � S / 'P.� yr �S/ Ilp lam! �t � 6 14 .'v . opt 5 war /i�il L� Grd. Fault Prot. Service Temp. Pole' Underground Permanent Final (NOTE: An entry must be made on this form each time you visit the job site.) � '..� t�•`'-'.. �'� ., .:�y,'. .: t.� �. j �•a. .i..� •i _� ...M�.: ��� � w. r�`5 .• i.,.. � tif,.. • rY �i .�- ,q �: ii' COUNTY OF BUTTE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE, CALIF. - 534-4541 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This mobilehome has been installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Administrative Code, Title 25, Chapter 51 under permit number Z —�4 �'7L for the following location: Owner Owner's Address /4 3 2- ,��,1 h v7 Mobilehome Mfg/,7�, ///" l,�J%tib" Model J 7¢ Year 7 Insignia No. fc"' -7 Serial No.0G� It is hereby certified for occupancy at the above described location and may be occupied. Director of Public Works Date 2-8 % 4 By THIS CERTIFICATE IS VOID WHEN �MOBILEHOME IS/RELOCATED ,,.• COUNTY OF BUTTE — DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS • 7 County Center Drive—i`'Orov;41e, California 95965 Telephone: 534-4541 APPLICATION AND PERMIT �9a-76 z� author; BUILDING Owner d 9,0// SQ. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION Mailing Address I q J? Z X/v NNE /I I one No. Q, 3 Fireplace Contractor CtlTotal Valuation Mailing Address Permit Fee Plan Checking Fee&/or Penalty Telephone No. Permit Fee ' Building Address 5'1c/el , sr., -0,J 10 /aw, PLUMBING No.1 @ FEE PERMIT FILING FEE $3.00 n Q� Each Trap 1.50 ' a Repair drainage or vent piping 1.50 Water piping 1.50 ✓ `[ / Each gas water heater or vent 1.50 A. P. No. _.— 3 40 e -r Zoning & Planning Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 1.50 Each additional outlet .30 Fees W. C. Bon FireDept. Fire Zone Use Permit Building sewer 5.00 EQA Parking Plans Parcel Declaration Parcel Ma P 60' R/W Improve provem s Lawn sprinkler system 2.00 . Plans Recd I Parcel A p val Plan pproval Permit Fee $ NEW ❑ ADDITION ❑ UTILITIES ❑ OTHER ® ELECTRICAL No. @ FEE PERMIT FILING FEE $3.00 n ( I L toto .---, 1"�T 46 100 Main service jp0 AMP ORLESS5.00 Main service EA. ADD'L 100 AMP 2.50 Single Family ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobil Home ® Others ❑ Main service OVER 600V 100 AMP OR LESS 25.00 Main service EA. ADD•L 100 AMP 1.00 NEW CONST OLING R ADONS. ( DWEACCLBLDGS. OCCUP. &) 20sgft NEW CONSTR. MULTI -OUTLET NON.RESID. BRANCH CIRCUITS) 2.50ea NEW CONSTR. POWER APPARATUS &) NON.RESI D. (SINGLE OUTLET CIR. CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW I am licensed under the provisions of Chapter 9, Div. 3, of the State of California Business & Professions Code under the name style of: Ex. Occup(OUTLETS OR FIXTURES)@25Q BAL�1 Ex. Occu FIXED APPLNS. OR P'(OUT LETS (RESID.) EA) 2.00 Temporary service 10.00 Mobile Home Facilities 15.00 License No. Classification Misc. Wiring 6.25 ZK�am exempt from the Contractors License Laws of the State of California. Permit Fee $ $ WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1 am aware of the provisions of Section3700 of the California Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workmen's Compensation. ❑ I have placed on file with the County of Butte a certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance. certify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workmen's Compensation Laws of California. MECHANICAL No.1 @ I FEEPERMIT FILING FEE $3.00 Heating Cooling Ventilation Hood 2.00 Permit Fee � $ $ 1 certify that I have read this application and state that the above7 information is correct. I agree to comply to all County Ordinances and State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby /4�D/1% S 1fil TOTAL PERMIT FEE $ ze representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above-mentioned property for inspection purposes. X Date Signature of Permitee or Agent Receipt No. White-D.P.W. — Yellow -Assessor — Pink -Inspector — Goldenrod -Applicant This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions of the Butte County Code and/or resolutions to do work indicated above for which fees have been paid. DIRECTOR OF P B IC WORKS By Date ding permit expires Date 7= 27 — �� BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 7 County Center Drive, Orovil'le; CA. PHONE: 534-4541- • • MOBILEHOME INSTALLATION SHEET 1. Owner's name: 2. Installer's name: ��-fisc 0j V -V _j- 0 3. Is the site currently under permit?. Yes No (If yes, furnish permit number OR „ r Is the site an existing site? Yes / / No (If yes, furnish two (2) plot plans.) 4. Will the mobilehome be located at least 5 ft. away from septic tank.and leach -fields and clear of all setbacks.and easements? Yes Lj_� No (If no, clarify ) 5. What is the mobilehome electrical rating? ----------------------- f 0 K9 Amps 6. What is the mobilehome site service rating? _C) Amps 7. What is the mobilehome site circuit breaker rating? ------------- Z0—ZD Amps 8. Is there any other electric load to be served by the mobilehome (This infbrmation,not required if pipe length less than 6 ft. on natural gas or lesslthan 50 -ft. on LPG. I y t ti, - d - •< YY - j v7 l .l•- ! 0 site service? --------------------------------------------------- Yes / v/ No./ / (If yes, identify / the load and size: - (Load), (Amps) 9. What is the mobilehome site gas pipe size? ---------------------- (in.) 10. What is the type of gas service? ----------------------------- Natural / / LPG / Z-/- 11. What is the gas pipe length from meter or tank to the mobilehome? 1 J (ft.) 12. What is the mobilehome gas demand? -----------------------------'- (BTU) (This infbrmation,not required if pipe length less than 6 ft. on natural gas or lesslthan 50 -ft. on LPG. I y t ti, - d - •< YY - j v7 l .l•- ! 0 MOBILEHOME SUPPORT DATA Mobilehome Mfr. ,�,QJQ Setup Model No. --3 Year )� Width .(ft.) Length (ft.) Expando Size ft.x ft. (Draw support details below) On all mobilehomes manufactured after October 7, 1973, furnish manufacturer's installation manual and structural setup sheets. (if not.on .file with.the County of Butte). —f� A- MOM - Sin le - a �-Footings--(check.-one) X7-4. Wood either pressure treated or Iwo Center Center Support d ; fdn-. grade. Support Locations Footing Sizes1 (in.) 2. Concrete pad. ®�-Y in.-� in.j in. 3. Other,: specify Supports (check one) Concrete block i x 2. Concrete piers ftp in (in.)(in.) 3. Steel .piers -T-1 4. Other, specify Typical Support Footing Size Q i _ Ti in.) Max. Pier Spacing �- Mverhan g - _ _ ._� _ ink -.-t *If center piers are other than drawn above, Bum COUNTY draw in locations, spacing, and dimensions. BUILnINC DEPARTMENT APPROVED �COUNTY OF BUTTE — .,DEP&RTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 7 County Center Drive — Orovi lie, California 95965 Telephone: 534-4541 +r APPLICATION AND PERMIT Receipt No. S`1' lOor pate o—tet i s. White-D.P.W. — Yellow -Assessor — Pink -Inspector — Goldenrod -Applicant (Wilding permit expires Date `�� 27-17 BUILDING Owner Alp ���..L SQ. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION Mailing Address 3Z U IIQIIAE LL1) PP P—A [Z)1 S E T •ephoneNoNo. Fireplace Contractor Q kt4 Ki E_ Total Valuation Mailing Address Permit Fee Plan Checking Fee &/or Penalty Telephone No. Permit Fee Building Address H QPLUMBING /s bAl No. @ FEE PERMIT FILING FEE $3.00 tJ Each Trap 1.50 CHS �� p T Repair drainage or vent piping 1.50 Water piping J ,tee- /0, L90 _ Zoning Verificafion Only, Each gas water heater or vent 1.50 A. P. N �Z"' ��j �C+fir ing Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets .LI) Each additional outlet .30 F s Sfton Fire Dept. Fire Zone Use Permit Building sewer <-699 EQA Parking Parcel60' Plans Declaration R/W Im rovements P Lawn sprinkler system 2.00 TPIa'd� �LQ.ns Rec >j ParQ1ralPlan Approval Permit Fee $ NEW ❑ ADDITION ❑ UTILITIES OTHER ❑ ELECTRICAL No. @ FEE PERMIT FILING FEE $3.00 •(D0 Main service 100 AMP OR00V OR SL ESS 5.00 VY Main service �A, ADD'L too AMP 2.50 Single Family❑ Duplex ❑ Mobil Home Others ❑ Main service OOER 600V AMP OR LESS 25.00 Main service EA, ADD'L too AMP 1.00LIN Boo SQ, FT. MINIMUM NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP . & OR ACDNS. ACC. LNB.LDGS. 22sgft NEW CONSTR. MULTI -OUTLET NON.RESID, BRANCH CIRCUITS) 2.50ea OR MQ13ILES NEW CONSTR. (POWER APPARATUS &) NON-RESID. SINGLE OUTLET CIR. CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW I am licensed under the provisions of Chapter 9, Div. 3, of the State of California Business & Professions Code under the name St le of: y N/ -Z- "V- PUPAP O 14P pump Ex. Occup(OUTLETS OR FIXTURES) BAL @1 Ex. Occu FIXED APPLNS, OR p• OUTLETS (REI.EA) 2.00 Temporary service 10.00 Mobile Home Facilities 15.00 License No. Classification Misc. Wiring 6.25 LJ ' am exempt from the Contractors License Laws of the State of Califomia. Permit Fee $ -Z'7.5P $ 'Z"7 WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1 am aware of the provisions of Section3700 of the California Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workmen's Compensation. ❑I have placed on file with the County of Butte a certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance. Wcertify that in the performance of the work for which this permit is issued I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workmen's Compensation Laws of California. MECHANICAL No. @ FEE PERMIT FILING FEE $3.00 Heating Cooling Ventilation Hood 2.00 Permit Fee $ $ I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply to all County Ordinances and State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the abov -mentioned property for inspection purposes. �( X Date Signature of ermitee or Agent TOTAL PERMIT FEE $ � 5( This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions of the Butte County Code and/or resolutions to do work indicated above for which fees have been d. DIRECTOR 0 P BLIC WORKS Receipt No. S`1' lOor pate o—tet i s. White-D.P.W. — Yellow -Assessor — Pink -Inspector — Goldenrod -Applicant (Wilding permit expires Date `�� 27-17 . Y(tO All utility connect'a-; located within 4 ft. cut,i,lo '!-.e recir N third section of the mobile Dome on the left (road) side of the mobile n home. M _JM . � U -n Lillie s Thej. Setback shall be 5 ft. from c the side property line and 50 ft, from the centerline oadpermitting a mcnimu nof a 2 ftreavve overhand, )� CIIJ 'A► permit -W-111 a require installation of the mobilehomg. Septic system and location of build. ing drain stub -out to be as per Butte County Health Dept. Re- quirements. j00 ` 3 /e43 ;Z y �7 TMI BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING, DEPARTMENT APPROVED chis set of plans its. MUST be kept on the job at all times and it is unlawful to make any changes or alterations on same without written permisson from the Department of Public Works, County of Butte. NO":—All Materials Accordoncp $ workmanship Shall Be in wifh Recoanized Good Practices and C of a qunlity prescrihpfor the Uniform Builr.{inq Plu►nd Specified use in the the National Electrical Code Machanical Codes and M t-10 'OFFICE COPY. AddleS8 GAS ti Mef�erf By Date, -ELECTRIC Meter'BY Date. COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELHENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, Califdmia, 965 - Telephone (916) 538-7541 PERMIT NO. APPLICATION A D PERMIT 9y-1 5-!�fi ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 072-15-0-024 ZONING AT: 1—y BUILDING PERMIT OWNER HOWARD & �,-iARTM BELL TELEPHONE 592— 113(1 SQ. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION OWNER'S MAILING ADDRESS 263 Mission Olive Road Oroville 95966 CONTRACTOR'S NAME TELEPHONE Paul Kafadlr CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS Fireplace CONSTRUCTION LENDER None UNKNOWN Total Valuation $ LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Filing Fee $ 20,Op Permit Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER Home LICENSE NO. Plan Checking Fee $ Energy Plan Checking Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS Penalty $ BUILDING ADDRESS 263 Mi ssi n PERMIT FEE $ PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15,00 LOT NO. SUBDIVISION'S NAME PARCEL MAP Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 USE OF STRUCTURE I SF ❑ Duplex ❑ Mobilehome ❑R Other SPECIFY Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home S G W @20.00 TYPE OF WORK I New ❑ Addition ❑ Remodel ❑ Utilities ❑ Installation O Other J'R Describe Work: upgrade electric PERMIT FEE $ Contractor ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Main Service ( 800V OR LESS ) 2ODA OR LESS 23.00 Main Service ( 200A TO IOOOA ) 46.00 " NEW CONST. DW8 DWELLING OCCUP. OR ADDNS. ( ACC. BLDS. ) SD . 3.50 FT. CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW( I declare under penalty of perjury (check one) ❑ 1 am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect. License No. Classification ❑ 1, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do Johe work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044) 011, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044) ❑ lam exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code forthis reason NEw CONST. MULTI -OUTLET •NON-RESID. ( BRANCH CIRCUITS ) @7.50 POWER APPARATUS ) B SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES ) BA20 @ I.GO Ex. Occup' (OFIXED APPWS. OR UTLETS IRESID.I EA. ) 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 • WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1 declare under penalty of perjury (check one): ❑ This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less. ❑ 1 have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services, Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a Certificate of Consent to Self -insure. shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Worker's Compensation laws of California. Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit will be revoked. PERMIT FEE $ • Contractor MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Contractor I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. 1 also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said County in consequence \\ of thegranting of this permit. \ �/� X(� (� t� \ �,I.� Date V ``� Signature of Applicant 0 " er ❑ Contractor O Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and d olition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ OCC CONST. TYPE I TOTAL FEE $ 66.00 HAZ- I D. FEES I IMP FLOOD I CDF PARCEL PO HD ISSUE This permit is hereby issued under the applicable of the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions indicated above for which fees have been �•�— ByV 1 5/lb/95 I PERMITEXPIRESON lDetel provisions to do work paid. Date 5/10/94 Receipt No. 162674 WHITE-D.D.S.-G.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT 0�`'' DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVI N 7 County Center Drive - Oroville.j�;al#>11ia x`5965 -Telephone (916) 538-7 PERMIT No. APPLICATION AND PERMIT ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER 072-15-0-024 ZONING ARMH-5 B LDING PERMIT OWNER HOWARD & MARTHA BELL TELEPHONE 589-1130 SQ. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION OWNER'S MAILING ADDRESS 263 Mission Olive Road Oroville CONTRACTOR'S NAME TELEPHONE Paul Kafadir CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS Fireplace CONSTRUCTION LENDER None UNKNOWN Total Valuation Is Filing Fee $ 20.00 LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Permit Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER Mona LICENSE NO. Plan Checking Fee $ Energy Plan Checking Fee $ ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS Penalty $ BUILDING ADDRESS 263 Mission Olive Road, Orovillp PERMIT FEE $ PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Each Trap 7.00 Solar or heat pump water heater 23.00 Water piping 15,00 LOT NO. SUBDIVISION'S NAME PARCEL MAP Each gas water heater or vent 15.00 USE OF STRUCTURE SF O Duplex O Mobilehome OX Other SPECIFY Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets 15.00 Building sewer 15.00 Mobile Home S G I W @20.00 TYPE OF WORK New O Addition O Remodel O Utilities O Installation O Other IRX Describe Work: upgrade electric PERMIT FEE $ Contractor ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Main Service , BOOV OR LESS ) 200A OR LESS 23.00 23 Of Main Service ( 200A To 1000A ) 46.00 NEW CONST. DWELLING OCCUP. OR ADDNS. 1 8 ACC. BLDS. ) SO. 3.50 FT. CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW( I declare under penalty of perjury (check one) CJI am a licensed under provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect. License No. Classification O I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compensation, will do ;he work, and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec 7044) 'lJ'I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contractors. (Sec 7044) O 1 am exempt under Sec. Business and Professions Code forthis reason NEW CONST. MULTI -OUTLET -NON-RESID. BRANCH CIRCUITS ) @7.50 POWER APPARATUS ) & SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup. ( OUTLET OR FIXTURES ) BALO. @ 1.50 Ex. Occup.FIXED APPS. OR (OWUTLETS (RESID.I EA. ) 5.00 Temporary Service 23.00 Mobile Home Facilities 20.00 Misc. Wiring 23.00 23.00 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1 declare under penalty of perjury (check one): O This permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less. O 1 have placed on file with the County of Butte Dept. of Development Services, Building Division a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a Certificate of Consent to Self -insure. *Ts -hall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Worker's Compensation laws of California. Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the Worker's Compensation provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit will be revoked. PERMIT FEE $ 66.00 Contractor MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 20.00 Heating Cooling Hood 6.50 Ventilation PERMIT FEE $ Contractor I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply to all Butte County Ordinances and California State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above mentioned property for inspection purposes. 1 also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against said Count in consequent of the granting of this permit. ►�(� X Date V vl i�� Signature of Applicant O er O ontractor O Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5"0" deep and olition or construction of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Energy Inspection Fee $ occ CONST. TYPE TOTAL FEE $ 66 nn HAZ- I D. FEES IMP I FLOOD I COF PARCEL PD I HD I ISSUE This permit is hereby issued under the applicable provisions of the Butte County Code and/or Resolutions to do work indicated above for which fees have been paid. By Date 5/10/94 PERMIT EXPIRES ON 5 511019(Date) Receipt No. 162674 WHITE-D.D.S.-B.D. CANARY -ASSESSOR PINK -INSPECTOR GOLDENROD -APPLICANT BUILDING DIVISION COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE — OROVILLE, CALIFORNIA 95965 — TELEPHONE: (530) 538-7541 AGRICULTURAL BUILDING EXEMPTION PERMIT PERMIT7 N �y % 7 l/ Agricultural building is defined as follows: Agricultural building is a structure designed and constructed to house farm implements, hay,.grain, poultry, livestock, or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where agricultural products are processed, treated, or packaged, nor shall it be a place used by the public. ASSESSOR PARCEL NO.0'? ' V 1 � ,., �� C// ZONING A OWNER d�'lls.S L PHONE NO.. _ o OWNER'S ADDRESS ,;7, -1' ,s 2 - Lr LOCATION OF BUILDING USE OF BUILDING �- , I CrrZ, t c. o L/ o o—a _ S 1-� k, —,I+IL AL l- p : tiT SIZE OF STRUCTURE _ X —47 , SO. FT. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: WOOD FRAME STEEL. CONCRETE OTHER (Specify) TYPE OF SIDING ROOF COVERING FLOOR TYPE M r r� G a 1e ��. _rA-1— ESTIMATED COST OF CONSTRUCTION ` 2� c:>a0 . vee AG Buildings shall comply with the minimum front, side, and rear yard setback requirements of the applicable County Ordinances as follows:I r Z%5 /14 "� 2-2 ✓ (9-0 /14 FRONT SIDES REAR AG Buildings shall be a minimum of five (5) feet from any septic tank or leach fields. AG Buildings less than 1000 sq. ft. in floor area shall be located a minimum of 6 feet from a residence, 10 feet from a mobilehome, and 23 feet from a commercial building. AG Buildings greater than 1000 sq. ft. in floor area shall be located a minimum of 23 feet from a residence and a mobilehome, and 40 feet from a commercial building. AG Buildings must comply with Flood Zone requirements. Finish floor elevation must be at or above elevation USGS Datum. I declare under penalty of perjury that the building will be used as stated above and the purposed use confirms with the AG Building definition. If any change in use or occupancy of the building is made, I will contact the Building Division and obtain any necessary permits, inspections, and approvals to comply with the requirements in effect at that time and before occupancy. Date / / .- /— 6-c Permit Fee - $60.00 Signature of Owner The above described'AG Building is exempt from a building permit. Receipt No.�Q CIAL, t,Manager Building Division S-3 o?- - 7 3 By White - DPW, Yellow - Asseej , B. I., Goldenrod - Applicant FLOOD PARC P.D. ROOFING I ISSUPI Date "( 2 '710 PLAN ......w...., ; .. .. .............................. •• : .. .. .. .. ..................... .. ................. .. .. _. .. .. _. .. .. ._ .. .. .. c.. .. __ .5.... .. .�...._ :._.. _. ._ .. .. .. ._._ .. .. ............ .. a.. .. .. .. ...........- !. ... r.... .. .. .. .. -. .. .. .. _ _. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ............................... ....... ` N _ *� .. ............- {{ .dYO _ .. .. i Vd � arm per{ qq � Ul ....�.........,... P 6�a .. .. .. .. .. _ V v .� P .. __ .. .. .. .. ... -- NC ` .. 4 .......................... ......... AVID 1......�.................... ..... .. - �n ........_.. .. .. .. ................. : :._....:......_........... ............. ........... .. .. y ................... FRMA�q' T6-$ 3 r' 4 a* fC....., V Y•. LA:} •ii.:P.� - Yom;;" . t c c i .. _ .. <.. ..:.. �Sd - ,.. Y �Yr s. . :.....:.... ��®S Y.......7- ..... .. •..:.....:.............:......:.. :......:... �� - a r ?�� : ...Z-13EVE. .5 A.. _._...:..Bul 0 RED .. - .. ... ..... .. .. .. .. .. -- h1 CYC ;.. .,.. `..:..-ZPP a�� ..StiIJlYtitt .. ... ........................... ....... .... c� itio n�: .. .. a•t. s#� e .e ttache -Sf��� . -_ . g;gria4ure 1 :. _ ... f ..........._ - - ... _. .. ... - - - O ..: . -............................_ ...... ................................ .. : ... ........................ x.;.. ..... ... ..... :1....' ... ; . �. ............ .. - ........-... .. ..................... :... .. _ _ .. -. . :...... 4 �.1 "O t- .. r/ ........... .. :..... T ........ .. .. .- _j. ...... -..... ti = ...:......: I o. .......... - . .... ..... .. .. F :.. _ --- .. ... .. ..:.. .. . ..._... ... ........._....._..........-. _... _ _ ......-•- ---......r .....:....... --'- -- PROVIDE FOR ALL --------- - , T - _ _ FOR OFFICE USE ONLY ENT PARCELS Assessors Parse Owner Name Address / Phone No. Site Location _ r•.,nfark Name a[za-V][:�] Ae — a a a Sole: 14 Phone odobs a 2M . ADJAC Zoning: SIZE (AC): General Plan Desig: ZONING: Size, Acnes GEN PLAN: 4.0(r USES: SITE PLAN .W. .' a............ . .. :.: r ..... ......... l - `.. .. ._.......- ...... ._.' ..... . _ :... _.�.._...�.............. .. : _. _. .. .. _... ._ .. .. .. _. .. .. .. _ ...._.... .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. ... _.. .. .. .. _ .. . ... .. ............. .. .. .. .. ___ .. _ ............. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. _ ... .. .. .. .. .. ............/ _ _ .�_. _ - .. ............. �............. a.. c ...... ........ ......_ _ _ .. _ .. ...... ... / .............._ \ f - .. .. _.. .... .........................� =` - . . i. : . . •. ... ............................ - ......_ _... _ .. L _ 9 .. .. .. .. _ {......... ' :........_ .. _ ..:...:. .... ........ r' - .. .. .. ............ 'a O -: ��8. 1 ..... a- __ .. 1 •• : ..._; :..... _. 1 .. , . :._ ... : :..... : ;.. ; } ll - .. 1 i ems: .. ... ...v...AN. - _ ! - at. .._ ..... `... .. ' '- � .. X . _ o : : - :-�..r�-_. .._. ... -' ......... . ...... : . ...:................................_. -- ..__ — - •...................................... .:.....:......:......-- ROVIDE FOR ALL = FOR OFFICE USE ONLY v T T ADJACENT PARCELS ❑ ® � — ❑ ® " Scale: 1"� F° Assessors Parcel Nur"�'' ❑ ❑ ❑ - -° Zoning: SIZE (AC): Owner Name �-�; Address / Phone No. Site Location Contact Name g1pip 11 _��ll oma zi, 2+ General Plan Desig: ZONING: GEN PLAN: Size, Acres USES: 4.00" +"'%'��'` -sa-q '�-rxrs'�`� 4 _ �+L�dwo;.. '�tg•, -C.G��5' .:.r_. �'� .-R _ - T SIVE PLA .. .. .. ............ .. ... .. .. .. .. ._ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .................. .. ....................... ._..................... .. .. ._ .. .. .. •- . . .................... r...... t......)..... .. .. .... .. .. .. ................. .. ..;. ... }.. .. i.. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ......._ .. .. - ...................... .. -- .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .......... .. .. ._.................... ................... :.. ..:.. .:.. ...:.. ..:... ..l.. ......._..... _.__................ .. ......._. .. ._ .. .. .. .. ............. f ........................:................. ... _. .. ................... ... .. .. ... _ .. .. _ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .t - .. ... .. .. .. .. ._ ..... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ............. .. .. ... __ .. .............. .. ... .. .. .......... .. .. .. .. ._. .. .. .. ... _. .. ............ ...._..... _.... ..... .......:........... .. ..i. ... .. .... ................................... .. .. .. ................ ............. ... ._ •............................................. - ... .. .. ............ ._ .. .. .. ... . - ..... .._ .. .. _ ... .. .. _ ... .. ............. r..... __........ - - .. ... .. - • /; - f .. _ i• .. ...................... - .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ._ ; ... ........... .. .. ... .. .. _ .. _............._ .. .. •• - .. .. - - Y ... ..... RN:Q J .- Y .. _ .l ..... :••.•.•. - - • 1 .. ,. . ,,.. : ..... u ...:.:..:.:......:.. : = 'itt� . o n e I �.... . n nm ntal Mia th . u.. :..-. X !�. ............ .. ............. :. :.....:. s-� f' Z'111 ...........<......... .. .. .. .. i ri ur ..................... ............... :. . :.............,........ �. .. ............. ...... ............ .. .. .. .. .. -.... .. : : : i s . ' "•...... ...................:......... .. ...:.. .4n . . ..:. .. .. ....:.. .. ................................... ...... .. ............ ; .. ...... .. n _..... - " ............._....._....... . - PROVIDE FOR ALL Assessors Parcel Owner Name � Address / Phone No. Site Location Contact Name oaa-oW —I ®© Sdale: 1 . srs OdOWAMM FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Zoning: General Plan Desig: Size, Acres 4.0(r ADJACENT PARCELS SIZE (AC): ZONING: GEN PLAN: USES: a :':�-7_SITE PLAN ` _..._. .. :.. t m,12 .. .. .. .. ......:......:......:.....:. �a�. .. r`i .....7...:.:......:.....:...........:... C :.RAS • O ra P ALL . �l.L .. Ci�IEI:i C.. ... , R; RR f.: d' E Ea— .. .. . ...... ...... ...... r Th i,-�'�OF� I .SEI . ... _ ....... . ............... .. ............ .,�.t�. : = FT: FFF;001� TR -e RO1�C}i�e� e. �9.1.C! �` ............... .-+.•cr-+.Pem�':. .r-. - a'.• . : : : :......:... ......... �.. _.....-'OF _ -M �..... ....fin ....: . �.i 1l1•.. F.STIC`I' v -3 CL,.�l.. .. •�_'_ •.r* :}•1'11`7" 9 .. .. .. .. i V Syy ��. C I� � 07 C. Q�' Il ��qq -EI'Y I •� i ,k.--- .. ................... .. iJ•• . ..;.. ..:.. ..... .- to +..• .. ........... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. -..................... .,•. rne. .....:......:....... .............:......y.......-...... ... _. .. .. .. ............. r. .. -. .. e .. .. �. .t e. 3' ............. .. . ... ...................... _ _••-......... _..... ... .. .. .. .. ... ti .... ..: ......:.... .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. ........................................... ... .. .. ... ... . ............ ...... ,..... .: .....:......,.. ............ ... .. .. .. .. • _ . .. .. .. _ .. ...... ._. ............ _ .................. _..._........................ .. tyy� _ .............. . — II i ... .. .. .. .. .. ... _. .. .. __ .. . BUTTECO. FIR D :� -- ... .. ... .. .. E DEPT. .... ..................... ALIF.DEI�T: Qf FC�RfSTR'�....i....;. .. .. roued•:as-subr�##ed .:....._............... > .. .. .. .. .. _ pp .. r .. .. .. ❑ pp ovedcondet�on� :4!a d eet. sh a the .............. .. �•� ......................... ............ R1 . . E A✓. .... . -- — Signa Date: - - � ..... .. .. .. ... -- ... �= • fl - I . :.....;. :.. .......... ..............1 .. . :..... . ;....._ .. 1.. a� .................... ...... 7' E ....... ....... .. ......... ..:..... :....:.. ..................... _ .. ........ . .:... .... -- ........ - - ___ -- - .. ...._.. o - b• .....-••----••----•-•- = -aFOR OFFICE USE ONLY assessors Parcel Nui Dwner Name_�:::2 _ Address / Phone No. Site Location — Contact Name ® Fol E ® 0 Scale: 1" W, Zoning: General Plan Desig: Size, Acres 4.00' VV MOVIDE FOR ALL SJACENT PARCELS IZE (AC): ZONING: GEN PLAN: USES: i SIR:! - .. a SITE PLAN : ......:._ ....... ._ -- . .. !.. :_- - ................ . .. �a.. ... .. .. .. ... . ............ .. .........i.............. .. �........ \/ ...................... : 1 Y L : : : .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .......... .. .................._ .. .. ._ PLAN APPRJ A :..... ..'......................................... FL�NN€�!GDIVISION._i3UfLDINE� ................._....... ---......._......---- _ ... .. .. ..- . . ... --- • Date::: G ............. Use: .. ............ .. .. .. .. dsca in - .. ._ .- .. .. .. rkin . Lan ping. : Pa g . :......:.. .................:. ...:... :. ....... : ...... ;.. . 01her �? "e: _ . _ .. .. ............. . .. .. ". ............. ............. ............. .. fur S "na 9 ... .. .. �..am•. • " . , . .. . . .. .. .. .. .. ........... .. ..•-..._...---- ...... i......,.....,......:.... :.. -- /..:. f :. �- - .. .. .. .. . ...--....: i" : .............- -. . .. .. .. .............................. .. . .. _ - ..._ . . . . . . . . . - . ..................... tea"! y. . . . . . . . . .. ... .. . ......:....... %• ._ ... . ... ...:: .- ... ...... . . .. ........ ------- t I :- .... . .. . .. . . . . . . : : ... . :.............:...... ..:..... _ .. _. ... . ... : ........ .. . .... ..... : . . . . . . . . . . . _ ........... J .. .......... __ .. ... .. .. .. .. , - - - .. .. - .. .. _ .. • ... ...: .. .... ( :.. : : : _ ' , f ............ �...... i... .. .. .. .. .. - -.. .. _ - - ............................. .. .. ............ .. .. .. .. .. .. --� - .- .. ... .. .. ................ ... .. .. ... �� .. .. -(F .. �i ' a .. ...............................................:_...... -- .. _.. .. - ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ` .. 1 :--K ...-.. p, ....::...........:......:......:............:........... -T _ T r _ �- _ FOR OFFICE USE ONLY ����DE FOR ALL p o2 4L • 9 Q 0� F° 4 J[� ACENT PARCELS Assessors Parcel Number: O❑ Q ® 0 ®0 ❑ ❑ ❑ Scale: -��-- e ° Zoning: '� ( ) �e SIZE AC Owner Name ° ° ZONING: ° ° General Plan Desig: Address / Phone No. ° ° Size, Acres GEN PLAN: Site Location U N�� 4.00• USES: ^. 60ar*- Nftmo 1IA-11 #1Y-Cj1w Phone Nf v-r,,( -n7AV g�'` OdaboAMM Varix: - Max, 2�0" 1 Chassis t lion a to 2' 0" Bette � Shown�N 7 - Cox. - nstruct la" x 24".( in: Typical Sidewall Anchor Dolts. rat t � ):: ��... { MIK r-lrlt owlhole Within 20 Of >;'', _ 1 1 set 1/2'4 x 10 A•0. at Float Mat i, R•", ,, u mbing . C.0• • . A t tt .• e r w i 0 o.a. ,max.) l loo•. chatlts oaotton Ma Va ) , • Y ��� �•..• 1 � • an 1•t 1 i ..—riir'i�w•r r.ww�••�ir•w•w .www-wwwr wr�wwr.w—r••nr w.r.�w-•�..�wwnr,r rrrw our our w.ww.r w.r�-w� . Pr F—_ �a-�w.�.:w.�w ours—r.r.ww.�.�i�.4^.—�r•rw�-r wrw.ww—rr�—..�.�Iw w.rr�.wr wr�wrww w-rw�.,w—waw-w-rw..r•r �.-rwww�•r.w Th11 C•r►n.tll�n is R/4ulti�f.rI ""1 FHA Apprard Pwndeltono. 4x4 ?"Nell To - 101'• 4X4I�k .•Nall Lisle, AnSUbttet Rin►,1sir •/Itteto OC. Meta, Pitt Rated 4 t »aC.MIn, or 4000» t` I. ALT., 16 DIA x i Chu;tt Ilam 1 rrt s/�Ssaf Min1100A. '• ""'"' DETAIL i „ 011.1/ Dri"Pill) : A I DEEP CONIC FTGS. SEE DETAIL Mit Pier Roi/ + «� „ N y I ! n n Ml AAAA . 3h "xt A.e• t2 Min. u Oist01146 0 Distanetti 5 : ':41 Distance • 4 Distance 3 Oistanos 2 Distance I i 1,t F • MODULE FOOTING WIDTH SPACING 11'-110" 6'-0" 12'-'10" V-0" 'IT -r6" 6'-0" 13'-10" 5'-0" 14'-'10" 5'•0" 15'-'10" 4'-6" (AIL i 4 Oriw Ftn) rests. ��'_ ��..-..•+. . i IL10 • ' ' �p� . . • • • 1fi• 12' Alf. i •• �•' r =•:!.'' • •'�iN . d • „ w hwtt In Plate Cane. rut. •�- ..s;• .'�;4r Cane. • . ...at...rw;�.ir:• t!4=s When i D••' • ••• • . . .• 1 wttss•s.. Chart :►!:}, .. • . Ty •'tea : • .!; :.. Continuous FNttng t sear r.wwr�•w�t • rs Used lot—it �, SVOWIS Mar Rate 1• Mor• s,: • �� or 3 Plots, v/4 K4 Dop"OfteOn Land - � I 1 upportt.. 1 20" tf• VarMt•--Batt Cha►4? t0" eft R•ti'x�' t • I - SN Chart I i Ali. If Round Alt. 24' Round • r I . Alto 12 wide x s" Alt. 12" Wide it s" ' > I i i i' • j Deep Continuous Dao► Continuous lase a ; V sat • ----1 i r (Fanlltl w/CMssis j I 1 j Z-Boami w/2 -104K �Z rsiiis)/w�2A141e rot •t 1 s" C i t C - . g ' ' ALT. CHASSIS AND RiDGE BEAM SUPPORTS SECTION D -D . MULTIPLE RIDGE BEAM SUPPORTS f I = OtsNnos 12 Oistoaoe ,ll Distane�i 10� Dietch`oe 9Distah� 0 i. I Mch End(4) rest.;. ; : n.t.� n.�• � O w w I g • Existing at.slding �' G ,.t. t I {• 1 '``'�� 1'IiorJ•ttt ' t N(�t n• Pogo iCIM .JOIs, 1 • I f t Endwalt Anchor Bolts: Be. e6. , ' • � ( l � t i --- I See Endlwall Anchor Qoit Chart ' For Number of colts Re d. Trim Ridge: Seam ,, Alt T/.16"Irvin.) .� ----•---ITF auppo�t=- ---------=---- Along Endwaii stats"o c. • •-�. ��.w P.T.I SM'.Ct�art 1 2x4 Bltty.tWh•n N•sa:ary�• ; Fold intan 7Ms" (Min.) No" to Rim 401st x/lid ar IC O.C. Piy'w1 6 min. i . I&h. a Hardboard or Hatdt rntol��' 2x4 Top Plats Noll to ail, or :Pei'imefer. Of. .. � i Opt. air (Mn.) APA ttat•d » 'g• OOnbls Wide { C! I C w .Rim islet st/1i;d at li; O.C. » ,r_._._.-•,, I ! ! ) PW d Shenwne 2 x 4 Pressure Treated Foundation Grode Nan o.c.ild's • r O.C. E,tios 1116 x 00 AA a .t le ) ® s" O.C. , 0.40 W *(See Press. Treated Lumber Notes) � I I s Tz o.c. t7sN creta x To A s. at r - o O.C.o Id's (Qdv.)" 12 O.C. t1 Id's (Gsly. Lumber, W1 xZ xttlI Waller 512"0 x 10 A.S. ak I 1 ed of s,o.C. tx4 P.T. 2"x 2"x 3116• Washer (Studs at IG Data) I 1 Folin ttton .Rsaiy Unit:' •Chossle Supports- j -- con.. •n o Has I : Must N"_6 Placed Phased A :See .Duitafts' 1 t ol`e= .. ..._ _ all It too . Within 2 -0 of ' 1 j•• i Cut 2" Olt 11m.•1 Exisitn iHint and lastell Z lar or Woad - • Enutwatls • Trim. Rsooll w/id at e'�O.C. I• UNLESS SIDING It HELD BACK (leo Control Nollit) g L L w...__�w_.................._..:our.__._r::our.._......�t 'Vent ..oft00—dNoo ..r, ._... ..: -- Placement ...:. at Corners- STANDARD OPTION BACKFILL OPTION w-.wwr.w -••ww wwr.tour—•.ww.•�...—w—�..w—.-.r►A•..w.wwowr •r•w.�.w... rw•+...w�....-w.wrw•w —...ww —.—r w.T —.r•.w—r�ww.w�w.... wrw �ww•••rr w.r..wwJ Typical 311 Endwali Anchor Bolts: Sidswol Anotlor. �oltuts -- Provide Ventilation Of So* Endwatl Anchor ! Varies ... Q est I/2'�s >< 10" A:!!: at Voris: 1 Sq. Ft. Per Each 150 , Chart For Number Of Bolts (Offset May or May Not 6'.4,0 c. (max.., Sq. Ft. Of Underfloor S I D E WA L L CLOSURE 0PTI0NS Reo'd.' Along Enulwoll :Occur.0epondins On Model) tofftet Moly Or May Not Area Occur Oependtng 'On Model) Vistas. This � Foundation .:.flan; : Is: FOr A• s>" .>�ol 1kffAt, LAP sicihrc IS TO u sxsrul/m ory THE FOE1r1D1,TrOr� WOOD PONY .WALL' FRi�M W " AN 1JND>rRLAYt!IFNT OF KINMN 3/a" MA Exi=ling Ealuat sleet _-•..._.... rlNr ssn�. d�,� �,f'�,• . '•Doyle' de :.a�-:Triple Wide ;�,; , hoot s 24/0, EXP03EM T, SHALL 11'I 2 !3E INSTALLim ' • .. ;. — 0l N JA'T SDN : 'PLAN >�N ;SAID TSW*..s.. N•or Wt. a,erlr _ . „ 'emiummimimiI • A� •.F _TO Tl!!<6 • •SZ'tJD.S `AND PLA'1'13S AS IIJ::' T2lE ':IaET�iILS .. 8li8AT'Iilf+lG SHALL S>S IN3 ALLED CN _RE PER3METER, ,a.. taALYi- . La 4 as. tr .. .'... •..:..'• .;:#: .•(• sass : •. ''t7eiR��.. -•� .• .. to • it"gd» Ifil / . .• a ... .. • • .. f� ... sass. •.. t ;'"a -:, 'Y • .. . ,sass... .,.,._. .. .:: ::.. tats . sass... sass .. d:eet', sass. _ _ s t'eit htteil 7nr aur,.? . �i i>r�tla: ' ALL IN LLAT O�SHEATH Henlll•aWw11 pannal, ix4Tgtbls.Nettrr/t6tetis"od» st•: aur Tdnt GJ C 1400-d- 0120 WAtI Anchor 8otts'tor VVlnd Colliding NC ow 3nr INMn.I APA Rated 1 , ft"ll-=x44, of 14"40. INSIDE FACE OF STUDS Olt - oust 1.42o c� � � � �V t E' *PRESSURE TREATED 80 MPH EXP. C'and Roof Stiowloads �►+. gh• "• I : x 4 RL sin Visit UNDERLAY THE BXT`ERI01t go x 10• As. a► 2 x 4 Proswre Treated Foundation Grd. i umber 0•jOglplr • Less Than.3li P3F.: Ridge 8ean1 Loads And Distances To Support Locutions Afro Obtained From ±i aOA R i O.C. a+r. S. cone. Sts,. w.Iy Att.>�e •. I�A1tDBOAIED SID1N(I WITH ifs" z x rx 311r watch tl ' LUMBER NOTES • : . ' The :Mamrfaolur�d Homlr Span Chart: >:is•rn x i0' >>s: a - y�a� Rt1at co1W.IWhtn H.C.B. :.. EMwaN . �t • •r'..• a BSN urea. Treated Lumber Nota)tStud: at i�6 oat.) " " . - - -- - 'rx 2•x stir washer. a sate) Al!Af RATED THING, ?M0, Maher sok Ml , • : .r;, /4 Pdr. T13D St~tEA ' Ungth.. No..of �/RI • . - . . Where lumber Is cut after treatment, .the - cut of Homtz .W/3" x' 2".x3►1t"kllah�er surface shall be brush-eootod.with nou lots than 3 percent solution of the .tdtas preserv- 40 8 :` all" used • in the original tnatn elft or shalt be 7 field treated In conformance -with, A VpA standard .60 tt M4-80 using a S'/.:ollition of: wentochbropMnol, 70 10 copper nophthinote contatninp,4 nin. Of .4 2% l30 12 copper metal, a 3% solution oCACA;'CCA types A, 0 or C, or a 5% solution of FCAP sr ACC; or creosote in eonformanes with AWPA • Max. spaclns of Ancili oohs hi':t';• e" O»C. standard M4-80 paragraph 1.511. End Wall Anchor Dolts for. Roof Snowioads Over -36 PSF And to iO,PSFU47'k Fasteners shall be stainless steel or hot -dipped galvanized. Not -dipped :enc-clldted nail's shall be tooted after manufacture to .their final forth, Including pointing, heading, threading or twisting, as applicable. Elect*olvanizod or mechanicaliy plated noils or staples, and hot- dippsd zinc -coated staples shall not be permitted. Staples, where perthitted under this report, shall be stainless 'attel types 304 and 316 a defined b the AISI la ifs ti Length of Home No. of Sir. diinr i 10"'�A.6. W12" x 2" x311t"�fitasbar " •otlag slso•f•r t•t1 P.s.F. 1000. 1500 • 3 000 40 12',x24" 50 24 • S . 60 - -'3,000. 70 /40 80 24 x 36 24 s . • 7 000 -RIDGE BEAM ''SUPPORT : FOOTING SIZE , LOAD •otlag slso•f•r t•t1 P.s.F. 1000. 1500 • 3 000 20" x 24:' 12',x24" 4 000 24 • S . a x 24ff - -'3,000. 2 x 32' 20 x-24 • 6 000 24 x 36 24 s . • 7 000 28"X36" • 22 . 000'. 32"x 36 14141y. 32. S 000 3s .:. 24 x36.. 10,000 36•x40 . 28 x36 11000 36x44 30"k-3-6`1 12 00 36 x S- —3Z -'x'36 . seat Ahchai'tdt Chart ' ;•. r • ISfO. 1 NAIL tW1 VU"4 O.C. chart rw • • For era. of sew t� Y y AT �1LL CONTACTS. R��!oi • . xl 92&. J i�N i �4 R/Nr Ytrf.N 4E"pC. l'Used) �• Cd eOrf settle, a f—`—� 1 RI►.t cs IL Eslit. Sluing And 11411 nell'1111, vrr/04 1 ijl0%, ISee Noll eil ' ,#,S`T'ANDARD FOUNDATION— READY `OPTION } � BACKFILL. FOUNDATION —READY OPTION Esisting EsUtat Sith►g �.-,...-,.,- rleM Nail. _ rear tall e�•: < <t�,. 2 for or wed TBG„ _ Ste Nate bar • • so of 4"ea ,.•--- s a 4114. of to"4160• Attath to int 1 Alt. 7/16"" j�Distt 6• Dist. S- �-Dist a.-4- �-Diistt 3- jD�ist.. 2-- FADis�t$ I • st allroA M"Mrt via a•10 U.S. ATiA%Lh9=HOMISS OVER (min.) 6 mtn.'�'�•�. t,�! Ir ►►�ul�p I 13 F:N drew 711r AWn. _ `I. , s SO FM IN LE]NCiM SHISATH . P. T. ------•- fit'-a"'"it�,'.1T'10 r v NrN1ssP HeNiwd •►MatdiPa„rteL 2.4 To► ►Nit Atteeh./Z a 10 RT.i 1TJS E FACL IGF STUDS Olt Ply'wd. ' / fat'• t4'•�• — OPt. 3/S• tMn.l APA Ratted Plnresu-! s 4•t of Is"0 C. 0J.6 t'A•tl4 e l it a.. (Altt�l *(� N/gb s �ljt �t•'s• rwwt. Sheathing , Is 4 ret: sal Plots ERLAY 14T6 EX'TLrRIOR Ads l�Aw) et 4t,,,, t !'4 an Hitch Nor W10fiS • 4.0.0. Nps. area Sto,ewtil,AII.KC-L BOARD SIDING, WITH 318" s +a r s ,z. Q.a rho, .�.�..s 41' a'kt=• 2 x 4 Pressure Treated Foundation Ord. 1.a11»ber, OffO W Dist 12 Otst It Dist 10 Dist. s hist. s3 .� Dist. 7 sy.H x Sp:•�• s , t b =--►4 Robot Ga•Ltwht" Kc.s N•A RATBD SI�ATHINQ 2410, ccs tJ►tl�u. �r =_ ;s _ y,—�•. �,..—s-- •1,t- fr o•- End __ __ Isulian .�.__ A ,.., N See Press.Treated Lumber Nntes](Studs at t6 e-eJ i y C a Ca 011. . w. r .. . . - .. _ - - - •-• t- rnr. a. 11ru" 1Ir1 e,t •r v.w :.. Ancher lett dart ..0 � AT ' L CONTACTS. iitds�f :� '9 f�a ��s; t4 t�tlf. • Max. ipttctnq K Anchor Solt to :ei t>" ot.C. .,..•�-..ww...�w........� �.'-.� ROWS OVER 60" IN LENGTS TV= A ROOF S. F« Ne. of lcw . •r �' f x'' I • Mt r. SNOW -LOADING OYER 35 P `RE L>I E " - t4 Robot a ai 4s" P_ IQ cel: Sgt sellem 01 calls. • �--� iwhte H.i.it utto� =IAn1AM leslell for w 1rntTel,1 4 Robot coa,L• 3 z 4 or 3 z 6 P.T. SILL PLATES:. Run. ria o14 a c. STANDARD) NON FOUNDATION' -RE Y - AD .OPTION BACKFILL .NON FOUNDATION READY OPTION •• •• . SECTiON C -- C (ENDWALL CLOSURE OPTIONS) Exkttng ti:xlatMr siding �• � � ' sass .. ' ( 1!10NMold z lar sea , Vitt.:. 1 closari " Datiil ' = r wife) slatNob totow Fl.wln.rita.•ut.t. s« in1"• GENERA. ENGINEERSTATty NOTESE APPROVAL Mateo ExftttK eMlne + $N sldorall cloture I .. 4 o•talr wwg•s fir Laving -'ryp. est BIMgt _ . tl" min. , 4 Cant• „ « « ,t = • L THIS FOUNDAT16 FLAN 113 DESIGNED TO BE USED FESSIQ « WITH MFG'0. H Me QR . at Each Anchor lost • 4ti max. .r, « « « „ e x e x n. H:C.BdAIt.�l�latgi lllgr)-'ijh► „ Q at atlade ` � „ . s ~ � f X 10 • A.I:1�'T2 grit "x3p" Rt rMi•d h1 0.x+0 69ftAto Co+�� . R X hds(Altt Srg. Fad) It" 3g MAKE: � y 4 Vart. at'!6 ops.- �r , mina n• •/� NAILW/4-todATS" .. wtol Dos' Grawlisrly I Mayne 0mined 0►rtgnd MODELS `? ;.. MANvi+ACTURI[DNoflllNOWSROWS +• *1m Exid= tall Is Fns Dr rntng As �e rovimATM sYSTI N MTEAND�-f!!AT �• . s mGu. !. RD4xltsl• at•nitrn.S or t.aii'Irw/g. oftlalai) tw 111I MI[ANDSArsrtrCODs,uCMNISSM •2. oEsroN LOADS: - n � '• .. �, ' ' (ALTERNATI: TO WOOD MD: AhtN : •.• ; •.•, • . ROOF LIVE OAD' F.SR Arrlfovsn • ." 1',� 11 d • �_ • !opting Fad, He trllwl Required -las 1 .• t, ,; ,� • . • . ; ;. x :.• FLOOR LIVE LOADS D P.S.F Q.1 / 1 NOTE: sled. .s•., •S=:• t4 Rsltdlr CsM• Datsit This •host) .- A . _ . ....M ...,.� ,.;WIND LOAD EX adr'Oly 0ottam ofUsin;t.81dit and w -- « 12" e#ti NMn:" G t v SEISMIC 20 rs_,-,•-• 4 P•s.F. Sf CIV` �`@ ,. soslsCrr000lwtcrloxsntors>s , • InstaliZ •al• t Renail W18d's at Rr"• O.C. 4 Cadet.•... — 12-1, 4 Rotor Art. St 4B iv0tlt t « �! At'IIU TALDOs WrArn7[OitmtOEAfti 0T1A it ..;. • QCAR* d.OMy tr/NC.M. •..Oftel !A or no= fNtfng N Utdtd 3. THIS FOUNDATI Nis FORT PLACING MFW06 HOMES � , 0 : x l2�"p.Caitt tg. CONSTRUCTED' / LONGITUDINAL OR CROSS JOISTS. Of Ct►L�"`�`' otwt»:tomo>tnsv,Aaaxtntoat>cleovn�l�rTnot .. Met" 1) Tho Foothills Ohm Ara Options » •»F ur1.TCAnssfATs Each o Is Asco Altaic Wilt x s 1 4. ALL CON ET SHA MAW A M - Options, t .. 1AAw9AmjxomATa0Q1B Y.r.r Type kta>,1• C.dettstusels twills• F Cr! E LL 111; COMPRESSIVE »�lw,at•t { • t4'•) STRENGTH OF 000 RR+.1.. IN is DAYS. 1[wiai o.mwsiprU•ratgmort ' STEEL P{ER CONCRETE BLOCK � GyC t� W C:i 0�10'�1 _Z J O C621 • CC.1 Law � r •I' AMSIONi•' �Y +l GWv+-o kmcra-t- �o• t ftr.FtLA. Ort'5 Few • �' IIrA•f,w Via E Pel, 00 4 0 >,IX �. 0 GyC t� W C:i 0�10'�1 _Z J O C621 • CC.1 Law � r 3-6-94 BOALEE none THIS FOUNDAT ON PLAN 13 DEI I0NED TO SE: CONSTRUCTED ON A FAIINLY LEVEL SITE WITH NO osr AtfDB?AIfDAaDB :�• �.,��_' • 1 DEPAf�TM`' ALT. SECTIONA-A & C -C SECTION A'Q SECTION F3'B TYPICAL APPLICATIONS EXISTING $CIL PROBLEM& "r �4 � R 0 � C MFG'D- HOME 14AY BE SMIPPIED FROM THE FACTORY aA �'Ty nig• n. s. STATE APPROVED (APPROVAL. *,SPA 250-1) WITH SIDING CUT BACK to AND 2 LIAR INSTALLED. Thi:rlasAll»rdliu}hw . ABESCO BEARING PAD r FOUNDAT:z'N CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL n ts. DIMENSIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTING FOUNDATION. OF I SHEET= <U N C E 00 4 0 >,IX �. 0 C to � °- • "Z'� d=* '0) C:•(Me 0 �U) 4on M a 0 V U 0 C 0) LLa U) It OC 3-6-94 BOALEE none THIS FOUNDAT ON PLAN 13 DEI I0NED TO SE: CONSTRUCTED ON A FAIINLY LEVEL SITE WITH NO osr AtfDB?AIfDAaDB :�• �.,��_' • 1 DEPAf�TM`' ALT. SECTIONA-A & C -C SECTION A'Q SECTION F3'B TYPICAL APPLICATIONS EXISTING $CIL PROBLEM& "r �4 � R 0 � C MFG'D- HOME 14AY BE SMIPPIED FROM THE FACTORY aA �'Ty nig• n. s. STATE APPROVED (APPROVAL. *,SPA 250-1) WITH SIDING CUT BACK to AND 2 LIAR INSTALLED. Thi:rlasAll»rdliu}hw . ABESCO BEARING PAD r FOUNDAT:z'N CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL n ts. DIMENSIONS BEFORE CONSTRUCTING FOUNDATION. OF I SHEET=